* windows-nat.c (handle_output_debug_string): Replace call
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
64 #include "probe.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "stack.h"
68 #include "skip.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
70 #include "ax-gdb.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72
73 #include "format.h"
74
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
78
79 /* readline defines this. */
80 #undef savestring
81
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
84
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
87 {
88 EX_EVENT_THROW,
89 EX_EVENT_CATCH
90 };
91
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
105 void *),
106 void *);
107
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
113
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result *,
116 enum bptype, char *,
117 char **);
118
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
120 struct linespec_result *,
121 struct linespec_sals *,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype,
123 enum bpdisp, int, int,
124 int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
127
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
130
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
136
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
140
141 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
142 enum bptype,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
144 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
145 const struct symtab_and_line *);
146
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 static. */
149 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
150 struct symtab_and_line,
151 enum bptype,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
153
154 static struct breakpoint *
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
156 enum bptype type,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
158
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
160
161 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
162 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
163 enum bptype bptype);
164
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
166 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
167 struct obj_section *, int);
168
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
170 CORE_ADDR addr1,
171 struct address_space *aspace2,
172 CORE_ADDR addr2);
173
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
175 struct bp_location *loc2);
176
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
178 struct address_space *aspace,
179 CORE_ADDR addr);
180
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
187
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
195
196 typedef enum
197 {
198 mark_inserted,
199 mark_uninserted
200 }
201 insertion_state_t;
202
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
205
206 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
207
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
215
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
217 enum bptype type,
218 int *other_type_used);
219
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
225 int count);
226
227 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
230
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
232
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
234
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
236 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
237
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
239
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
241
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
243 CORE_ADDR pc);
244
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
248
249 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
250
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
252
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
254
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
256
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
258
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
260
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
262
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
264
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
266
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
268
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
270
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
272
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
274
275 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
276
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
278 otherwise. */
279
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
281
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
283 from. */
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
290
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
293
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
296
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
299
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
301 breakpoints. */
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
303
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
306
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
309
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
316
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
321 dprintf_style_gdb,
322 dprintf_style_call,
323 dprintf_style_agent,
324 NULL
325 };
326 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
327
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
332
333 static char *dprintf_function = "";
334
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
342
343 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
344
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
346 has disconnected. */
347 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
348
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
352 {
353 /* The reference count. */
354 int refc;
355
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line *commands;
358 };
359
360 struct command_line *
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
362 {
363 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
364 }
365
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
368
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
370
371 const char *
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
373 {
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
376 a breakpoint. */
377 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
378
379 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
380 }
381
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
386
387 static void
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
389 struct cmd_list_element *c,
390 const char *value)
391 {
392 fprintf_filtered (file,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
395 value);
396 }
397
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
403 static void
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
405 struct cmd_list_element *c,
406 const char *value)
407 {
408 fprintf_filtered (file,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
411 value);
412 }
413
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
419 static void
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
421 struct cmd_list_element *c,
422 const char *value)
423 {
424 fprintf_filtered (file,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
426 value);
427 }
428
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
434
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
436
437 static void
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
440 {
441 if (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO)
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
445 value,
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
447 else
448 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
449 value);
450 }
451
452 int
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
454 {
455 return (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO && non_stop));
457 }
458
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
460
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto,
467 condition_evaluation_host,
468 condition_evaluation_target,
469 NULL
470 };
471
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
474
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
478
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
482 evaluation mode. */
483
484 static const char *
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
486 {
487 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
488 {
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target;
491 else
492 return condition_evaluation_host;
493 }
494 else
495 return mode;
496 }
497
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
499
500 static const char *
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
502 {
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
504 }
505
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
507 otherwise. */
508
509 static int
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
511 {
512 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
513
514 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
515 }
516
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
518
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
521
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled;
524
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
527
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
531
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
533
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
537 B = TMP)
538
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
542
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
546 BP_TMP++)
547
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
553
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
557 BP_LOCP_START \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
560 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
561
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
563
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
567
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
569
570 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
571
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
573
574 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
575
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
577
578 static unsigned bp_location_count;
579
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
585
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
587
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
593
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
595
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
598 by a target. */
599 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
600
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
602
603 static int breakpoint_count;
604
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
610
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
612
613 static int tracepoint_count;
614
615 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
616 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
617 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
618
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
620 static int
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
622 {
623 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
624 }
625
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
627
628 static void
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
630 {
631 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
632 breakpoint_count = num;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
634 }
635
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
639
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
641 breakpoint made. */
642
643 void
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
645 {
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
647 }
648
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
650 breakpoint made. */
651
652 void
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
654 {
655 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
656 }
657
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
659
660 void
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664
665 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
666 b->hit_count = 0;
667 }
668
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
671
672 static struct counted_command_line *
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
674 {
675 struct counted_command_line *result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
677
678 result->refc = 1;
679 result->commands = commands;
680 return result;
681 }
682
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
684
685 static void
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
687 {
688 if (cmd)
689 ++cmd->refc;
690 }
691
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
695
696 static void
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
698 {
699 if (*cmdp)
700 {
701 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
702 {
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
704 xfree (*cmdp);
705 }
706 *cmdp = NULL;
707 }
708 }
709
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
711
712 static void
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
714 {
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
716 }
717
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
719 argument. */
720
721 static struct cleanup *
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
723 {
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
725 }
726
727 \f
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
730
731 struct breakpoint *
732 get_breakpoint (int num)
733 {
734 struct breakpoint *b;
735
736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
737 if (b->number == num)
738 return b;
739
740 return NULL;
741 }
742
743 \f
744
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
747
748 static void
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
750 {
751 struct bp_location *loc;
752
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
756 side. */
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
759 return;
760
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
762 return;
763
764 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
765 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
766 }
767
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
770
771 static void
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
773 {
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
777 side. */
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
780
781 return;
782
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
784 return;
785
786 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
787 }
788
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
791
792 static void
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
794 struct cmd_list_element *c)
795 {
796 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
797
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
800 {
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
804 return;
805 }
806
807 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
808 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
809
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
813
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode != old_mode)
816 {
817 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
820
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
823 */
824
825 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
826 {
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
828 target. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
831 }
832 else
833 {
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
839 loc->needs_update = 1;
840 }
841
842 /* Do the update. */
843 update_global_location_list (1);
844 }
845
846 return;
847 }
848
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
851
852 static void
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
854 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
855 {
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
857 fprintf_filtered (file,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
860 value,
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
862 else
863 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
864 value);
865 }
866
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
870
871 static int
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
873 {
874 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
875 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
876
877 if (a->address == b->address)
878 return 0;
879 else
880 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
881 }
882
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
886 return NULL. */
887
888 static struct bp_location **
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
890 {
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
892 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
893 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
894
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
897 dummy_loc.address = address;
898
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs);
903
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found == NULL)
906 return NULL;
907
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
912 locp_found--;
913
914 return locp_found;
915 }
916
917 void
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
919 int from_tty)
920 {
921 xfree (b->cond_string);
922 b->cond_string = NULL;
923
924 if (is_watchpoint (b))
925 {
926 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
927
928 xfree (w->cond_exp);
929 w->cond_exp = NULL;
930 }
931 else
932 {
933 struct bp_location *loc;
934
935 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
936 {
937 xfree (loc->cond);
938 loc->cond = NULL;
939
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
943 }
944 }
945
946 if (*exp == 0)
947 {
948 if (from_tty)
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
950 }
951 else
952 {
953 const char *arg = exp;
954
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
958 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
959
960 if (is_watchpoint (b))
961 {
962 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
963
964 innermost_block = NULL;
965 arg = exp;
966 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
967 if (*arg)
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
970 }
971 else
972 {
973 struct bp_location *loc;
974
975 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
976 {
977 arg = exp;
978 loc->cond =
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
980 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
981 if (*arg)
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
983 }
984 }
985 }
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
987
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
989 }
990
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
992
993 static VEC (char_ptr) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
995 const char *text, const char *word)
996 {
997 const char *space;
998
999 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1000 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1001 if (*space == '\0')
1002 {
1003 int len;
1004 struct breakpoint *b;
1005 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1006
1007 if (text[0] == '$')
1008 {
1009 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1010 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1011 return NULL;
1012 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1013 }
1014
1015 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1016 len = strlen (text);
1017
1018 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1019 {
1020 int single = b->loc->next == NULL;
1021 struct bp_location *loc;
1022 int count = 1;
1023
1024 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1025 {
1026 char location[50];
1027
1028 if (single)
1029 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d", b->number);
1030 else
1031 xsnprintf (location, sizeof (location), "%d.%d", b->number,
1032 count);
1033
1034 if (strncmp (location, text, len) == 0)
1035 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (location));
1036
1037 ++count;
1038 }
1039 }
1040
1041 return result;
1042 }
1043
1044 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1045 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1046 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1047 }
1048
1049 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1050
1051 static void
1052 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1053 {
1054 struct breakpoint *b;
1055 char *p;
1056 int bnum;
1057
1058 if (arg == 0)
1059 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1060
1061 p = arg;
1062 bnum = get_number (&p);
1063 if (bnum == 0)
1064 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1065
1066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1067 if (b->number == bnum)
1068 {
1069 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1070 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1071 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1072 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 if (b->py_bp_object
1074 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
1075 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1076 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1077 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1078
1079 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1080 update_global_location_list (1);
1081
1082 return;
1083 }
1084
1085 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1086 }
1087
1088 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1089 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1090 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1091
1092 static void
1093 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1094 {
1095 struct command_line *c;
1096
1097 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1098 {
1099 int i;
1100
1101 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1102 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1103 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104
1105 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1107
1108 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1109 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1110 command directly. */
1111 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1112 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113
1114 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1115 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 }
1117 }
1118
1119 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1120
1121 static int
1122 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1123 {
1124 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1125 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1126 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1127 }
1128
1129 int
1130 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1131 {
1132 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1133 }
1134
1135 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1136 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1137 found. */
1138
1139 static void
1140 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1141 struct command_line *commands)
1142 {
1143 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1144 {
1145 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1146 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1147 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1148 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1149 struct command_line *c;
1150 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1151 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1152 {
1153 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1154 {
1155 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1156 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1157 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1158 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1161
1162 if (while_stepping)
1163 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1164 "can be used only once"));
1165 else
1166 while_stepping = c;
1167 }
1168 }
1169 if (while_stepping)
1170 {
1171 struct command_line *c2;
1172
1173 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1174 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1175 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1176 {
1177 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1178 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1179 }
1180 }
1181 }
1182 else
1183 {
1184 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1185 }
1186 }
1187
1188 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1189 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190
1191 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1192 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1193 {
1194 struct breakpoint *b;
1195 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1196 struct bp_location *loc;
1197
1198 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1199 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1200 {
1201 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1202 if (loc->address == addr)
1203 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1204 }
1205
1206 return found;
1207 }
1208
1209 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1210 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211
1212 void
1213 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1214 struct command_line *commands)
1215 {
1216 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1217
1218 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1219 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1220 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1221 }
1222
1223 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1224 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1225 commands. */
1226
1227 void
1228 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1229 {
1230 int old_silent = b->silent;
1231
1232 b->silent = silent;
1233 if (old_silent != silent)
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1235 }
1236
1237 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1238 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239
1240 void
1241 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1242 {
1243 int old_thread = b->thread;
1244
1245 b->thread = thread;
1246 if (old_thread != thread)
1247 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1248 }
1249
1250 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1251 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252
1253 void
1254 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1255 {
1256 int old_task = b->task;
1257
1258 b->task = task;
1259 if (old_task != task)
1260 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1261 }
1262
1263 void
1264 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1265 {
1266 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1267
1268 validate_actionline (line, b);
1269 }
1270
1271 /* A structure used to pass information through
1272 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273
1274 struct commands_info
1275 {
1276 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 int from_tty;
1278
1279 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 char *arg;
1281
1282 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1283 already-parsed command. */
1284 struct command_line *control;
1285
1286 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 yet been read. */
1288 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1289 };
1290
1291 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1292 commands_command. */
1293
1294 static void
1295 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1296 {
1297 struct commands_info *info = data;
1298
1299 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1300 {
1301 struct command_line *l;
1302
1303 if (info->control != NULL)
1304 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1305 else
1306 {
1307 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1308 char *str;
1309
1310 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1311 "%s, one per line."),
1312 info->arg);
1313
1314 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1315
1316 l = read_command_lines (str,
1317 info->from_tty, 1,
1318 (is_tracepoint (b)
1319 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1320 b);
1321
1322 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1323 }
1324
1325 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1326 }
1327
1328 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 do anything. */
1330 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1331 {
1332 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1333 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1334 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1335 b->commands = info->cmd;
1336 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1337 }
1338 }
1339
1340 static void
1341 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1342 struct command_line *control)
1343 {
1344 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1345 struct commands_info info;
1346
1347 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1348 info.control = control;
1349 info.cmd = NULL;
1350 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1351 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1352 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1353
1354 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1355 {
1356 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1357 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1358 breakpoint_count);
1359 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1360 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1361 else
1362 {
1363 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1364 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1365 numbers will fail in this case. */
1366 arg = NULL;
1367 }
1368 }
1369 else
1370 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 our argument. */
1372 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1373
1374 if (arg != NULL)
1375 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1376
1377 info.arg = arg;
1378
1379 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1380
1381 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1382 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383
1384 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1385 }
1386
1387 static void
1388 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1389 {
1390 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1394 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395
1396 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1397 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1398 enum command_control_type
1399 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1400 {
1401 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1402 return simple_control;
1403 }
1404
1405 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406
1407 static int
1408 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1409 {
1410 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1411 return 0;
1412 if (!bl->inserted)
1413 return 0;
1414 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1415 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1416 return 0;
1417 return 1;
1418 }
1419
1420 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1421 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422
1423 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1424 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1425 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426
1427 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1428 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1429 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1430 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1431 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1432 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1433 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1434 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 and:
1436 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1437
1438 void
1439 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1440 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1441 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1442 {
1443 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 search. */
1445 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1446
1447 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1448 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1449 report higher one. */
1450
1451 bc_l = 0;
1452 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1453 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1454 {
1455 struct bp_location *bl;
1456
1457 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1458 bl = bp_location[bc];
1459
1460 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1461 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1462 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1463 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464
1465 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1466 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1467 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468
1469 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 >= bl->address)
1471 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1472 <= memaddr))
1473 bc_l = bc;
1474 else
1475 bc_r = bc;
1476 }
1477
1478 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1479 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1480 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1481 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1482 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1483 B:
1484
1485 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486
1487 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1488 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1489 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1490 and L2. */
1491 while (bc_l > 0
1492 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1493 bc_l--;
1494
1495 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496
1497 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1498 {
1499 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1500 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1501 int bp_size = 0;
1502 int bptoffset = 0;
1503
1504 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1505 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1506 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1507 bl->owner->number);
1508
1509 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1510 content. */
1511
1512 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1513 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1514 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1515 break;
1516
1517 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1518 continue;
1519 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1520 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1521 continue;
1522
1523 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 we need to copy. */
1525 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1526 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1527
1528 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1529 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1530 are reading. */
1531 continue;
1532
1533 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1534 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1535 reading. */
1536 continue;
1537
1538 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1539 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1540 {
1541 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1542 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1543 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1544 bp_addr = memaddr;
1545 }
1546
1547 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1548 {
1549 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1550 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1551 }
1552
1553 if (readbuf != NULL)
1554 {
1555 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1556 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1557 gdb_assert (bl->target_info.shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1558 || readbuf >= (bl->target_info.shadow_contents
1559 + bl->target_info.shadow_len));
1560
1561 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 shadow. */
1563 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1564 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1565 }
1566 else
1567 {
1568 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1569 const unsigned char *bp;
1570 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1571 int placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1572
1573 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1574 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1575 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1576
1577 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 address. */
1579 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1580
1581 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1582 breakpoint's INSN. */
1583 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1584 }
1585 }
1586 }
1587 \f
1588
1589 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1590 breakpoint. */
1591
1592 int
1593 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1594 {
1595 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1596 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1597 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1598 }
1599
1600 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1601
1602 static int
1603 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1604 {
1605 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1606 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1607 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1608 }
1609
1610 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1611 software. */
1612
1613 int
1614 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1615 {
1616 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1617 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1618 }
1619
1620 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1621 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1622 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1623 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1624 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1625 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1626 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1627 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1628
1629 static int
1630 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1631 {
1632 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1633 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1634 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1635 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1636 }
1637
1638 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1639 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1640
1641 static void
1642 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1643 {
1644 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1645
1646 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1647 {
1648 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1649 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1651 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1652 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1653 }
1654 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1655 }
1656
1657 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1658 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1659 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1660 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 in b->loc->cond.
1662 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663
1664 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1665 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1666 it.
1667
1668 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1669 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1670 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1671 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1672 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1673 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1674 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1675 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676
1677 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1678 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1679 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1680 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1681 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1682 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1683 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1684 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1685 not changed.
1686
1687 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1688 hardware watchpoints:
1689
1690 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1691 called several times when GDB stops.
1692
1693 [linux]
1694 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1695 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1696 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1697 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1698 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1699 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1700 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1701 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1702 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1703 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1704 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705
1706 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1707 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1708
1709 static void
1710 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1711 {
1712 int within_current_scope;
1713 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1714 int frame_saved;
1715
1716 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1717 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1718 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1719 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1720 return;
1721
1722 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1723 return;
1724
1725 frame_saved = 0;
1726
1727 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1729 within_current_scope = 1;
1730 else
1731 {
1732 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1733 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1734 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1735
1736 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1737 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1738 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1739 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1740 return;
1741
1742 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1743 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1744 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1745 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1746 selected frame. */
1747 frame_saved = 1;
1748 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1749
1750 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1751 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1752 if (within_current_scope)
1753 select_frame (fi);
1754 }
1755
1756 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1757 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1758 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1759 b->base.loc = NULL;
1760
1761 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1762 {
1763 const char *s;
1764
1765 if (b->exp)
1766 {
1767 xfree (b->exp);
1768 b->exp = NULL;
1769 }
1770 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1771 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1772 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1773 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1774 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1775 be completely different objects. */
1776 value_free (b->val);
1777 b->val = NULL;
1778 b->val_valid = 0;
1779
1780 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1781 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1782 locations (re)created below. */
1783 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1784 {
1785 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1786 {
1787 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1788 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1789 }
1790
1791 s = b->base.cond_string;
1792 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1793 }
1794 }
1795
1796 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1797 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1798 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1799 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1800 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1801 if ( !target_has_execution)
1802 {
1803 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1804 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1805 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 }
1807 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1808 {
1809 int pc = 0;
1810 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1811 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1812
1813 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1814
1815 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1816 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1817 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1818 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1819 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 watchpoints. */
1821 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1822 {
1823 b->val = v;
1824 b->val_valid = 1;
1825 }
1826
1827 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1828
1829 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1830 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1831 {
1832 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1833 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1834 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1835 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1836 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1837 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1838 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1839 {
1840 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1841
1842 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1843 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1844 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 if (v == result
1846 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1847 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1848 {
1849 CORE_ADDR addr;
1850 int type;
1851 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1852
1853 addr = value_address (v);
1854 type = hw_write;
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1856 type = hw_read;
1857 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1858 type = hw_access;
1859
1860 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1861 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1862 ;
1863 *tmp = loc;
1864 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1865
1866 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1867 loc->address = addr;
1868 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1869 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1870 }
1871 }
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1875 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1876 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1877 is started. */
1878 if (reparse)
1879 {
1880 int reg_cnt;
1881 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1882 struct bp_location *bl;
1883
1884 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1885
1886 if (reg_cnt)
1887 {
1888 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1889 enum bptype type;
1890
1891 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1892 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1893 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1894
1895 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1896 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1897 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1898 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899
1900 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1901 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1902 hardware watchpoint type. */
1903 type = b->base.type;
1904 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1905 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1906
1907 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1908 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1909 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1910 through watch_command), so always account for it
1911 manually. */
1912
1913 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1914 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1915
1916 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1917 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1918
1919 target_resources_ok
1920 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1921 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1922 {
1923 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1924
1925 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1926 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1927 "hardware watchpoint."));
1928 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1929 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1930 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931
1932 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1933 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1934 }
1935 else
1936 {
1937 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1938 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1939 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 nop. */
1941 b->base.type = type;
1942 }
1943 }
1944 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1945 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1946 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 else
1948 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1949
1950 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1951 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1952 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1953 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1954 }
1955
1956 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1957 {
1958 next = value_next (v);
1959 if (v != b->val)
1960 value_free (v);
1961 }
1962
1963 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1964 above left it without any location set up. But,
1965 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1966 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1967 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1968 {
1969 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1970 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1971 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1972 base->loc->address = -1;
1973 base->loc->length = -1;
1974 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1975 }
1976 }
1977 else if (!within_current_scope)
1978 {
1979 printf_filtered (_("\
1980 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1981 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 b->base.number);
1983 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1984 }
1985
1986 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 if (frame_saved)
1988 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1989 }
1990
1991
1992 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1993 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1994 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1995 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1996 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 static int
1998 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1999 {
2000 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2001 return 0;
2002
2003 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2004 return 0;
2005
2006 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2007 return 0;
2008
2009 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2010 return 0;
2011
2012 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2013 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2014 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2015 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2016 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2017 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2018 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2019 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2020 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2021 return 0;
2022
2023 return 1;
2024 }
2025
2026 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2027 that the location is not duplicated. */
2028
2029 static int
2030 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2031 {
2032 int result;
2033 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2034
2035 bl->duplicate = 0;
2036 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2037 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2038 return result;
2039 }
2040
2041 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2042 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2043 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2044 any error during parsing. */
2045
2046 static struct agent_expr *
2047 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2048 {
2049 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2050 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2051 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2052
2053 if (!cond)
2054 return NULL;
2055
2056 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2057 that may show up. */
2058 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2059 {
2060 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2061 }
2062
2063 if (ex.reason < 0)
2064 {
2065 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2066 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2067 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2068 return NULL;
2069 }
2070
2071 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2072 return aexpr;
2073 }
2074
2075 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2076 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2077 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2078 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2079 one of them is true. */
2080
2081 static void
2082 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2083 {
2084 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2085 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2086 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2087 struct bp_location *loc;
2088
2089 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2090 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2091 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 side. */
2093 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2094 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2095 return;
2096
2097 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2098 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2099 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2100 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2101 response back to GDB. */
2102 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2103 {
2104 loc = (*loc2p);
2105 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2106 {
2107 if (modified)
2108 {
2109 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2110
2111 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2112 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2113 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2114 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2115 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2116 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2117
2118 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2119 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2120 to the target. */
2121 if (aexpr)
2122 continue;
2123 }
2124
2125 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2126 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2127 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2128 {
2129 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2130 break;
2131 }
2132 }
2133 }
2134
2135 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2136 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2137 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138
2139 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2140 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2141 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2142 {
2143 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2144 {
2145 loc = (*loc2p);
2146 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2147 {
2148 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 located. */
2150 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2151 return;
2152
2153 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2154 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2155 }
2156 }
2157 }
2158
2159 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2160 for this location's address. */
2161 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2162 {
2163 loc = (*loc2p);
2164 if (loc->cond
2165 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2166 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2167 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2168 && loc->enabled)
2169 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2170 conditions to the target. */
2171 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2172 loc->cond_bytecode);
2173 }
2174
2175 return;
2176 }
2177
2178 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2179 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2180 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181
2182 static struct agent_expr *
2183 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2184 {
2185 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2186 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2187 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2188 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
2189 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2190 const char *cmdrest;
2191 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2192 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2193 int nargs;
2194 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2195
2196 if (!cmd)
2197 return NULL;
2198
2199 cmdrest = cmd;
2200
2201 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2202 ++cmdrest;
2203 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2204
2205 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2206 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207
2208 format_start = cmdrest;
2209
2210 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2211
2212 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2213
2214 format_end = cmdrest;
2215
2216 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2217 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218
2219 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2220
2221 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2222 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223
2224 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2225 cmdrest++;
2226 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2227
2228 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229
2230 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2231 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2232
2233 nargs = 0;
2234 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2235 {
2236 const char *cmd1;
2237
2238 cmd1 = cmdrest;
2239 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2240 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2241 cmdrest = cmd1;
2242 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2243 ++cmdrest;
2244 }
2245
2246 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2247 that may show up. */
2248 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2249 {
2250 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2251 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2252 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2253 }
2254
2255 if (ex.reason < 0)
2256 {
2257 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2258 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2259 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2260 return NULL;
2261 }
2262
2263 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2264
2265 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2266 return aexpr;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2270 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2271 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2272
2273 static void
2274 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2275 {
2276 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2277 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2278 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2279 struct bp_location *loc;
2280
2281 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2282 if (bl->owner->type != bp_dprintf
2283 || strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
2284 return;
2285
2286 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2287 return;
2288
2289 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2290 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2291 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2292 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2293 response back to GDB. */
2294 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2295 {
2296 loc = (*loc2p);
2297 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2298 {
2299 if (modified)
2300 {
2301 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2302
2303 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2304 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2305 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2306 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2307 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2308 loc->owner->extra_string);
2309 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2310
2311 if (!aexpr)
2312 continue;
2313 }
2314
2315 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2316 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2317 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2318 {
2319 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2320 break;
2321 }
2322 }
2323 }
2324
2325 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 and so clean up. */
2327 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2328 {
2329 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2330 {
2331 loc = (*loc2p);
2332 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2333 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2334 {
2335 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 located. */
2337 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2338 return;
2339
2340 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2341 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2342 }
2343 }
2344 }
2345
2346 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2347 for this location's address. */
2348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2349 {
2350 loc = (*loc2p);
2351 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2352 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2353 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2354 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2355 && loc->enabled)
2356 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2357 to send the commands to the target. */
2358 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2359 loc->cmd_bytecode);
2360 }
2361
2362 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2363 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2364 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2365 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2366 }
2367
2368 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2369 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2370 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2371 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2372 -1 for failure.
2373
2374 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2375 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 static int
2377 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2378 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2379 int *disabled_breaks,
2380 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2381 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2382 {
2383 int val = 0;
2384 char *hw_bp_err_string = NULL;
2385 struct gdb_exception e;
2386
2387 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2388 return 0;
2389
2390 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2391 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2392 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2393 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2394 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2395 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2396 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2397 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2398 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2399 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2400 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2401 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2402
2403 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2404 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2405 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2406 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407
2408 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2409 {
2410 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2411 build_target_command_list (bl);
2412 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2413 bl->needs_update = 0;
2414 }
2415
2416 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2417 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2418 {
2419 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2420 {
2421 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2422 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2423 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424
2425 Two important cases are:
2426 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2427 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2428 hardware breakpoint.
2429 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2430 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2431 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2432 so we undo.
2433
2434 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2435 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2436 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2437 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 gdb. */
2439 struct mem_region *mr
2440 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2441
2442 if (mr)
2443 {
2444 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2445 {
2446 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2447
2448 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2449 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2450 else
2451 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2452
2453 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2454 {
2455 static int said = 0;
2456
2457 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2458 if (!said)
2459 {
2460 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2461 _("Note: automatically using "
2462 "hardware breakpoints for "
2463 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2464 said = 1;
2465 }
2466 }
2467 }
2468 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2469 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2470 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2471 "at readonly address %s"),
2472 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2473 }
2474 }
2475
2476 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2477 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2478 || bl->section == NULL
2479 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2480 {
2481 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2482 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2483 {
2484 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2485 }
2486 if (e.reason < 0)
2487 {
2488 val = 1;
2489 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2490 }
2491 }
2492 else
2493 {
2494 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2495 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2496 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2497 {
2498 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2499 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2500 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2501 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2502 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2503 bl->owner->number);
2504 else
2505 {
2506 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2507 bl->section);
2508 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2509 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2510 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2511 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2512 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2513 if (val != 0)
2514 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2515 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2516 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2517 bl->owner->number);
2518 }
2519 }
2520 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2521 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2522 {
2523 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2524 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2525 {
2526 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2527 }
2528 if (e.reason < 0)
2529 {
2530 val = 1;
2531 hw_bp_err_string = (char *) e.message;
2532 }
2533 }
2534 else
2535 {
2536 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2537 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2538 return 0;
2539 }
2540 }
2541
2542 if (val)
2543 {
2544 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2545 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2546 {
2547 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 val = 0;
2549 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2550 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2551 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2552 {
2553 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2554 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 bl->owner->number);
2556 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2557 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2558 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 }
2560 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2561 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2562 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2563 }
2564 else
2565 {
2566 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2567 {
2568 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2569 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = hw_bp_err_string != NULL;
2570 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2571 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2572 bl->owner->number, hw_bp_err_string ? ":" : ".\n");
2573 if (hw_bp_err_string)
2574 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string);
2575 }
2576 else
2577 {
2578 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2579 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 bl->owner->number);
2581 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2582 "Error accessing memory address ");
2583 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2584 tmp_error_stream);
2585 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2586 safe_strerror (val));
2587 }
2588
2589 }
2590 }
2591 else
2592 bl->inserted = 1;
2593
2594 return val;
2595 }
2596
2597 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2598 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2599 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2600 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2601 {
2602 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2603 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2604
2605 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2606
2607 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2608 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2609 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2610 {
2611 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2612
2613 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2614 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 of this one. */
2616 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2617 if (loc != bl
2618 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2619 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2620 {
2621 bl->duplicate = 1;
2622 bl->inserted = 1;
2623 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2624 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2625 val = 0;
2626 break;
2627 }
2628
2629 if (val == 1)
2630 {
2631 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2632 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2633
2634 if (val)
2635 /* Back to the original value. */
2636 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2637 }
2638 }
2639
2640 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2641 }
2642
2643 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2644 {
2645 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2646 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2647
2648 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2649 if (val)
2650 {
2651 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2652
2653 if (val == 1)
2654 warning (_("\
2655 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2656 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2657 else
2658 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2659 }
2660
2661 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2662
2663 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2664 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2665 so just return success. */
2666 return 0;
2667 }
2668
2669 return 0;
2670 }
2671
2672 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2673 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2674 PSPACE anymore. */
2675
2676 void
2677 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2678 {
2679 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2680 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2681
2682 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2684 {
2685 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2686 delete_breakpoint (b);
2687 }
2688
2689 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2690 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2691 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2692 {
2693 struct bp_location *tmp;
2694
2695 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2696 {
2697 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2698 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2699 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2700 else
2701 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2702 if (tmp->next == loc)
2703 {
2704 tmp->next = loc->next;
2705 break;
2706 }
2707 }
2708 }
2709
2710 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2711 removed locations above. */
2712 update_global_location_list (0);
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2716 Throws exception on any error.
2717 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2718 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 void
2720 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 {
2722 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2723
2724 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2725 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2726 {
2727 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2728
2729 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2730 }
2731
2732 update_global_location_list (1);
2733
2734 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2735 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 now. */
2737 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2738 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2739 }
2740
2741 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2742
2743 void
2744 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2745 {
2746 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2747
2748 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2749 {
2750 callback (loc, NULL);
2751 }
2752 }
2753
2754 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2755 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2756 always-inserted mode. */
2757
2758 static void
2759 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 {
2761 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2762 int error_flag = 0;
2763 int val = 0;
2764 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2765 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2766 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
2767
2768 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2769 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2770
2771 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2772 there was an error. */
2773 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2774
2775 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776
2777 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2778 {
2779 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 breakpoints. */
2781 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2782 continue;
2783
2784 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2785 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2786 deletion of breakpoints. */
2787 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2788 continue;
2789
2790 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2791
2792 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2793 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2794 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2795 insert breakpoints. */
2796 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2797 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2798 continue;
2799
2800 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2801 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
2802 if (val)
2803 error_flag = val;
2804 }
2805
2806 if (error_flag)
2807 {
2808 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2809 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2810 }
2811
2812 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2813 }
2814
2815 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2816
2817 static void
2818 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 {
2820 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2821 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2822 int error_flag = 0;
2823 int val = 0;
2824 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2825 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2826 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
2827
2828 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2829 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2830
2831 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2832 there was an error. */
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2834
2835 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836
2837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2838 {
2839 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2840 continue;
2841
2842 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2843 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2844 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2845 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2846 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2847 continue;
2848
2849 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2850
2851 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2852 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2853 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2854 insert breakpoints. */
2855 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2856 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2857 continue;
2858
2859 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2860 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
2861 if (val)
2862 error_flag = val;
2863 }
2864
2865 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2866 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2867 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2868 {
2869 int some_failed = 0;
2870 struct bp_location *loc;
2871
2872 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2873 continue;
2874
2875 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2876 continue;
2877
2878 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2879 continue;
2880
2881 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2882 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2883 {
2884 some_failed = 1;
2885 break;
2886 }
2887 if (some_failed)
2888 {
2889 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2890 if (loc->inserted)
2891 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2892
2893 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2894 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2895 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2896 bpt->number);
2897 error_flag = -1;
2898 }
2899 }
2900
2901 if (error_flag)
2902 {
2903 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2904 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2905 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2906 {
2907 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2908 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2909 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 }
2911 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2912 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2913 }
2914
2915 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2916 }
2917
2918 /* Used when the program stops.
2919 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2920 removing a breakpoint location. */
2921
2922 int
2923 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 {
2925 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2926 int val = 0;
2927
2928 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2929 {
2930 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2931 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2932 }
2933 return val;
2934 }
2935
2936 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2937
2938 int
2939 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2940 {
2941 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2942 int val;
2943 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2944
2945 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2946 {
2947 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2948 continue;
2949
2950 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf)
2951 continue;
2952
2953 if (bl->inserted)
2954 {
2955 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2956 if (val != 0)
2957 return val;
2958 }
2959 }
2960 return 0;
2961 }
2962
2963 int
2964 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2965 {
2966 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2967 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2968 int val;
2969 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2970 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
2971 struct inferior *inf;
2972 struct thread_info *tp;
2973
2974 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2975 if (tp == NULL)
2976 return 1;
2977
2978 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2979 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2980
2981 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2982
2983 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2984 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2985
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2987 {
2988 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2989 continue;
2990
2991 if (bl->inserted)
2992 {
2993 bl->inserted = 0;
2994 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
2995 if (val != 0)
2996 {
2997 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2998 return val;
2999 }
3000 }
3001 }
3002 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3003 return 0;
3004 }
3005
3006 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3007
3008 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3009 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3010 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3011 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3012 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3013 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 static void
3015 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3016 {
3017 if (internal)
3018 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3019 else
3020 {
3021 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3022 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3023 }
3024 }
3025
3026 static struct breakpoint *
3027 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3028 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3029 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3030 {
3031 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3032 struct breakpoint *b;
3033
3034 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3035
3036 sal.pc = address;
3037 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3038 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3039
3040 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3041 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3042 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3043
3044 return b;
3045 }
3046
3047 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3048 {
3049 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 };
3051 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052
3053 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3054 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 {
3056 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3057 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
3058
3059 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3060 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3061
3062 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3063 int longjmp_searched;
3064
3065 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3066 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3067
3068 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3069 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
3070
3071 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3072 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
3073
3074 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3075 int exception_searched;
3076
3077 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3078 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3079 };
3080
3081 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3082
3083 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3084 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3085
3086 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3087
3088 static int
3089 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3090 {
3091 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3092 }
3093
3094 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3095 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096
3097 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3098 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3099 {
3100 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3101
3102 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3103 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3104 {
3105 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3106 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3107
3108 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3109 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3110 }
3111 return bp_objfile_data;
3112 }
3113
3114 static void
3115 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3116 {
3117 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3118
3119 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3120 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3121 }
3122
3123 static void
3124 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 {
3126 struct objfile *objfile;
3127 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3128
3129 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3130 {
3131 struct breakpoint *b;
3132 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3133 CORE_ADDR addr;
3134
3135 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3136
3137 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
3138 continue;
3139
3140 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
3141 {
3142 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3143
3144 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3145 if (m == NULL)
3146 {
3147 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3148 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
3149 continue;
3150 }
3151 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3152 }
3153
3154 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3155 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3156 bp_overlay_event,
3157 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3158 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3159
3160 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3161 {
3162 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3163 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3164 }
3165 else
3166 {
3167 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3168 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3169 }
3170 }
3171 update_global_location_list (1);
3172 }
3173
3174 static void
3175 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 {
3177 struct program_space *pspace;
3178 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3179
3180 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3181
3182 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3183 {
3184 struct objfile *objfile;
3185
3186 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3187
3188 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3189 {
3190 int i;
3191 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3192 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3193
3194 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3195 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3196 continue;
3197
3198 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3199
3200 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3201 {
3202 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes
3203 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3204 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3205 }
3206
3207 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3208 {
3209 int i;
3210 struct probe *probe;
3211 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3212
3213 for (i = 0;
3214 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3215 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3216 i, probe);
3217 ++i)
3218 {
3219 struct breakpoint *b;
3220
3221 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3222 bp_longjmp_master,
3223 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3224 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3225 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3226 }
3227
3228 continue;
3229 }
3230
3231 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3232 {
3233 struct breakpoint *b;
3234 const char *func_name;
3235 CORE_ADDR addr;
3236
3237 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
3238 continue;
3239
3240 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3241 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
3242 {
3243 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3244
3245 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3246 if (m == NULL)
3247 {
3248 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3249 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
3250 continue;
3251 }
3252 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3253 }
3254
3255 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3256 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3257 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3258 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3259 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3260 }
3261 }
3262 }
3263 update_global_location_list (1);
3264
3265 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 static void
3270 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 {
3272 struct program_space *pspace;
3273 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3274 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3275
3276 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3277
3278 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3279 {
3280 struct objfile *objfile;
3281 CORE_ADDR addr;
3282
3283 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3284
3285 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3286 {
3287 struct breakpoint *b;
3288 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3289
3290 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3291
3292 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
3293 continue;
3294
3295 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
3296 {
3297 struct minimal_symbol *m;
3298
3299 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3300 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
3301 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
3302 {
3303 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3304 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
3305 continue;
3306 }
3307 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3308 }
3309
3310 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3311 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3312 bp_std_terminate_master,
3313 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3314 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3315 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3316 }
3317 }
3318
3319 update_global_location_list (1);
3320
3321 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3322 }
3323
3324 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3325
3326 static void
3327 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 {
3329 struct objfile *objfile;
3330 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331
3332 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3333 {
3334 struct breakpoint *b;
3335 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3336 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3337 CORE_ADDR addr;
3338
3339 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3340
3341 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3342 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3343 {
3344 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes
3345 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3346 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3347 }
3348
3349 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3350 {
3351 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3352 int i;
3353 struct probe *probe;
3354
3355 for (i = 0;
3356 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3357 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3358 i, probe);
3359 ++i)
3360 {
3361 struct breakpoint *b;
3362
3363 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, probe->address,
3364 bp_exception_master,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3366 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3367 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3368 }
3369
3370 continue;
3371 }
3372
3373 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374
3375 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
3376 continue;
3377
3378 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3379
3380 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
3381 {
3382 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
3383
3384 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3385 if (debug_hook == NULL)
3386 {
3387 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
3388 continue;
3389 }
3390
3391 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3392 }
3393
3394 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3395 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3396 &current_target);
3397 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3398 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3399 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3400 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3401 }
3402
3403 update_global_location_list (1);
3404 }
3405
3406 void
3407 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 {
3409 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3410 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3411
3412 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3413 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3414 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3415 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3416 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3417 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3418 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3419 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3421 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3422 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3423
3424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3425 {
3426 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3427 continue;
3428
3429 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3430 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3431 {
3432 delete_breakpoint (b);
3433 continue;
3434 }
3435
3436 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3437 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3438 {
3439 delete_breakpoint (b);
3440 continue;
3441 }
3442
3443 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3444 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3445 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3446 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3447 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3448 {
3449 delete_breakpoint (b);
3450 continue;
3451 }
3452
3453 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3454 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3455 {
3456 delete_breakpoint (b);
3457 continue;
3458 }
3459
3460 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 after an exec. */
3462 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3463 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3464 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3465 {
3466 delete_breakpoint (b);
3467 continue;
3468 }
3469
3470 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3471 {
3472 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3473 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3474 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3475 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3476 continue;
3477 }
3478
3479 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3480 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3481 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3482 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3483 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3484 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485
3486 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3487 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3488 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3489 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3490 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3491 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3492 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493
3494 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3495 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3496 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3497 let finish_command delete it.
3498
3499 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3500 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3501 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3502 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3503 solib breakpoints.) */
3504
3505 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3506 {
3507 continue;
3508 }
3509
3510 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3511 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 a.out. */
3513 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3514 {
3515 delete_breakpoint (b);
3516 continue;
3517 }
3518 }
3519 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3520 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3521 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3523 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3524 }
3525
3526 int
3527 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3528 {
3529 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3530 int val = 0;
3531 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3532 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3533
3534 if (PIDGET (ptid) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3535 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536
3537 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3538 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3540 {
3541 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3542 continue;
3543
3544 if (bl->inserted)
3545 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3546 }
3547
3548 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3549 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550
3551 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3552 return val;
3553 }
3554
3555 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3556 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3557 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3558 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3559 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3560
3561 static int
3562 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3563 {
3564 int val;
3565
3566 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3567 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3568
3569 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3570 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3571 return 0;
3572
3573 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3574 This should not ever happen. */
3575 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3576
3577 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3578 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3579 {
3580 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3581 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3582 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583
3584 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3585 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3586 || bl->section == NULL
3587 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3588 {
3589 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3590 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3591 }
3592 else
3593 {
3594 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3595 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3596 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3597 {
3598 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3599 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 */
3601 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3602 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3603 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3604 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3605 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3606 else
3607 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3608 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3609 }
3610 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3611 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3612 if (bl->inserted)
3613 {
3614 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3615 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3616 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3617 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618
3619 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3620 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3621 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3622 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3623 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3624 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3625 else
3626 val = 0;
3627 }
3628 else
3629 {
3630 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3631 val = 0;
3632 }
3633 }
3634
3635 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3636 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3637 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3638 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3639 val = 0;
3640
3641 if (val)
3642 return val;
3643 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3644 }
3645 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3646 {
3647 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3648 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3649
3650 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3651 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3652
3653 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3654 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3655 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3656 bl->owner->number);
3657 }
3658 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3659 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3660 && !bl->duplicate)
3661 {
3662 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3663 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3664
3665 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3666 if (val)
3667 return val;
3668
3669 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3670 }
3671
3672 return 0;
3673 }
3674
3675 static int
3676 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3677 {
3678 int ret;
3679 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3680
3681 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3682 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3683
3684 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3685 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3686 return 0;
3687
3688 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3689 This should not ever happen. */
3690 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3691
3692 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693
3694 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3695
3696 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3697
3698 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3699 return ret;
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3703
3704 void
3705 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 {
3707 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3708
3709 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3710 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3711 bl->inserted = 0;
3712 }
3713
3714 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3715 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716
3717 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3718 between runs.
3719
3720 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3721 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3722 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3723
3724
3725
3726 void
3727 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3728 {
3729 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3730 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3731 int ix;
3732 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3733
3734 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 nothing to do. */
3736 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3737 return;
3738
3739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3740 {
3741 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3742 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3743 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3744 bl->inserted = 0;
3745 }
3746
3747 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3748 {
3749 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3750 continue;
3751
3752 switch (b->type)
3753 {
3754 case bp_call_dummy:
3755 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
3756
3757 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3758 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3759 rid of it. */
3760
3761 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3762
3763 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764
3765 case bp_shlib_event:
3766
3767 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3768 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3769 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3770 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3771 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772
3773 (gdb) file prog-linux
3774 (gdb) run # native linux target
3775 ...
3776 (gdb) kill
3777 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3778 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3779 */
3780
3781 case bp_step_resume:
3782
3783 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784
3785 delete_breakpoint (b);
3786 break;
3787
3788 case bp_watchpoint:
3789 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3790 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3791 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3792 {
3793 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3794
3795 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3796 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3797 delete_breakpoint (b);
3798 else if (context == inf_starting)
3799 {
3800 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3801 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 if (w->val)
3803 value_free (w->val);
3804 w->val = NULL;
3805 w->val_valid = 0;
3806 }
3807 }
3808 break;
3809 default:
3810 break;
3811 }
3812 }
3813
3814 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3815 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3816 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3817 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3818 }
3819
3820 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3821 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3822 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3823 match, not program space. */
3824
3825 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3826 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3827 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3828 permanent breakpoint.
3829 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3830 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3831 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3832 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3833 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834
3835 enum breakpoint_here
3836 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3837 {
3838 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3839 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3840
3841 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3842 {
3843 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3844 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3845 continue;
3846
3847 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3848 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3849 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3850 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3851 {
3852 if (overlay_debugging
3853 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3854 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3855 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3856 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3857 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3858 else
3859 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3860 }
3861 }
3862
3863 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3864 }
3865
3866 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3867
3868 int
3869 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3870 {
3871 struct bp_location *loc;
3872 int ix;
3873
3874 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3875 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3876 return 1;
3877
3878 return 0;
3879 }
3880
3881 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3882 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3883 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3884 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3885
3886 int
3887 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3888 CORE_ADDR pc)
3889 {
3890 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3891
3892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3893 {
3894 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3895 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3896 continue;
3897
3898 if (bl->inserted
3899 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3900 {
3901 if (overlay_debugging
3902 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3903 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3904 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3905 else
3906 return 1;
3907 }
3908 }
3909 return 0;
3910 }
3911
3912 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3913 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3914
3915 int
3916 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3917 {
3918 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3919 return 1;
3920
3921 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3922 return 1;
3923
3924 return 0;
3925 }
3926
3927 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3928 inserted at PC. */
3929
3930 int
3931 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3932 CORE_ADDR pc)
3933 {
3934 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3935
3936 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3937 {
3938 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3939 continue;
3940
3941 if (bl->inserted
3942 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3943 aspace, pc))
3944 {
3945 if (overlay_debugging
3946 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3947 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3948 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3949 else
3950 return 1;
3951 }
3952 }
3953
3954 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3955 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3956 return 1;
3957
3958 return 0;
3959 }
3960
3961 int
3962 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3963 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3964 {
3965 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3966
3967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3968 {
3969 struct bp_location *loc;
3970
3971 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3972 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3973 continue;
3974
3975 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3976 continue;
3977
3978 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3979 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3980 {
3981 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3982
3983 /* Check for intersection. */
3984 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3985 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3986 if (l < h)
3987 return 1;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 return 0;
3991 }
3992
3993 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3994 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3995
3996 int
3997 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3998 ptid_t ptid)
3999 {
4000 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4001 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4002 int thread = -1;
4003 int task = 0;
4004
4005 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4006 {
4007 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4008 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4009 continue;
4010
4011 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4012 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4013 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4014 continue;
4015
4016 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4017 continue;
4018
4019 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
4020 {
4021 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4022 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4023 it is now time to do so. */
4024 if (thread == -1)
4025 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4026 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
4027 continue;
4028 }
4029
4030 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
4031 {
4032 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4033 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4034 it is now time to do so. */
4035 if (task == 0)
4036 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
4037 if (bl->owner->task != task)
4038 continue;
4039 }
4040
4041 if (overlay_debugging
4042 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4043 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4044 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4045
4046 return 1;
4047 }
4048
4049 return 0;
4050 }
4051 \f
4052
4053 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4054 in breakpoint.h. */
4055
4056 int
4057 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4058 {
4059 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4060 }
4061
4062 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4063 'next' chain. */
4064
4065 static void
4066 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4067 {
4068 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4069 value_free (bs->old_val);
4070 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4071 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4072 xfree (bs);
4073 }
4074
4075 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4076 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4077
4078 void
4079 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4080 {
4081 bpstat p;
4082 bpstat q;
4083
4084 if (bsp == 0)
4085 return;
4086 p = *bsp;
4087 while (p != NULL)
4088 {
4089 q = p->next;
4090 bpstat_free (p);
4091 p = q;
4092 }
4093 *bsp = NULL;
4094 }
4095
4096 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4097 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4098
4099 bpstat
4100 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4101 {
4102 bpstat p = NULL;
4103 bpstat tmp;
4104 bpstat retval = NULL;
4105
4106 if (bs == NULL)
4107 return bs;
4108
4109 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4110 {
4111 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4112 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4113 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4114 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4115 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4116 {
4117 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4118 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4119 }
4120
4121 if (p == NULL)
4122 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4123 retval = tmp;
4124 else
4125 p->next = tmp;
4126 p = tmp;
4127 }
4128 p->next = NULL;
4129 return retval;
4130 }
4131
4132 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4133
4134 bpstat
4135 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4136 {
4137 if (bsp == NULL)
4138 return NULL;
4139
4140 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4141 {
4142 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4143 return bsp;
4144 }
4145 return NULL;
4146 }
4147
4148 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4149
4150 enum bpstat_signal_value
4151 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp)
4152 {
4153 enum bpstat_signal_value result = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO;
4154
4155 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4156 {
4157 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4158 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4159 enum bpstat_signal_value newval = BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
4160
4161 if (bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL)
4162 newval = bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at);
4163
4164 if (newval > result)
4165 result = newval;
4166 }
4167
4168 return result;
4169 }
4170
4171 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4172 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4173 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4174 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4175
4176 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4177 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4178 we set it.
4179 Return 1 otherwise. */
4180
4181 int
4182 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4183 {
4184 struct breakpoint *b;
4185
4186 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
4187 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4188
4189 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4190 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4191 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4192 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4193 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4194 if (b == NULL)
4195 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4196
4197 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4198 return 1;
4199 }
4200
4201 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4202
4203 void
4204 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4205 {
4206 struct thread_info *tp;
4207 bpstat bs;
4208
4209 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4210 return;
4211
4212 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4213 if (tp == NULL)
4214 return;
4215
4216 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4217 {
4218 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4219
4220 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4221 {
4222 value_free (bs->old_val);
4223 bs->old_val = NULL;
4224 }
4225 }
4226 }
4227
4228 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4229
4230 static void
4231 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4232 {
4233 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4234 {
4235 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4236
4237 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4238 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4239 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4240 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4241 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4242 return;
4243 }
4244
4245 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4246 }
4247
4248 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4249 command. */
4250 static void
4251 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4252 {
4253 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4254 }
4255
4256 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4257 or its equivalent. */
4258
4259 static int
4260 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4261 {
4262 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4263 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4264 }
4265
4266 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4267 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4268 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4269 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4270
4271 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4272 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4273 bpstat of the current thread. */
4274
4275 static int
4276 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4277 {
4278 bpstat bs;
4279 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4280 int again = 0;
4281
4282 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4283 in bs->commands. */
4284 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4285 return 0;
4286
4287 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4288 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4289
4290 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4291
4292 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4293 bs = *bsp;
4294
4295 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4296 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4297 {
4298 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4299 struct command_line *cmd;
4300 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4301
4302 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4303
4304 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4305 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4306 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4307 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4308 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4309 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4310 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4311 the tree when we're done. */
4312 ccmd = bs->commands;
4313 bs->commands = NULL;
4314 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4315 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4316 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4317 {
4318 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4319 cmd = cmd->next;
4320 }
4321
4322 while (cmd != NULL)
4323 {
4324 execute_control_command (cmd);
4325
4326 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4327 break;
4328 else
4329 cmd = cmd->next;
4330 }
4331
4332 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4333 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4334
4335 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4336 {
4337 if (target_can_async_p ())
4338 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4339 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4340 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4341 ;
4342 else
4343 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4344 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4345 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4346 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4347 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4348 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4349 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4350 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4351 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4352 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4353 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4354 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4355 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4356 again = 1;
4357 break;
4358 }
4359 }
4360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4361 return again;
4362 }
4363
4364 void
4365 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4366 {
4367 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4368
4369 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4370 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4371 && target_has_execution
4372 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4373 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4374 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4375 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4376 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4377 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4378 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4379 break;
4380
4381 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4382 }
4383
4384 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4385
4386 static void
4387 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4388 {
4389 if (val == NULL)
4390 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4391 else
4392 {
4393 struct value_print_options opts;
4394 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4395 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4396 }
4397 }
4398
4399 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4400 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4401 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4402 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4403 normal_stop(). */
4404
4405 static enum print_stop_action
4406 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4407 {
4408 switch (bs->print_it)
4409 {
4410 case print_it_noop:
4411 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4412 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4413 break;
4414
4415 case print_it_done:
4416 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4417 relevant messages. */
4418 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4419 break;
4420
4421 case print_it_normal:
4422 {
4423 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4424
4425 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4426 which has since been deleted. */
4427 if (b == NULL)
4428 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4429
4430 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4431 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4432 }
4433 break;
4434
4435 default:
4436 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4437 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4438 break;
4439 }
4440 }
4441
4442 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4443
4444 static void
4445 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4446 {
4447 int any_deleted
4448 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4449 int any_added
4450 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4451
4452 if (!is_catchpoint)
4453 {
4454 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4455 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4456 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4457 else
4458 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4459 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4460 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4461 }
4462
4463 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4464 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4465 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4466
4467 if (any_deleted)
4468 {
4469 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4470 char *name;
4471 int ix;
4472
4473 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4474 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4475 "removed");
4476 for (ix = 0;
4477 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4478 ix, name);
4479 ++ix)
4480 {
4481 if (ix > 0)
4482 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4483 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4484 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4485 }
4486
4487 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4488 }
4489
4490 if (any_added)
4491 {
4492 struct so_list *iter;
4493 int ix;
4494 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4495
4496 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4497 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4498 "added");
4499 for (ix = 0;
4500 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4501 ix, iter);
4502 ++ix)
4503 {
4504 if (ix > 0)
4505 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4506 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4507 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4508 }
4509
4510 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4511 }
4512 }
4513
4514 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4515 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4516 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4517 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4518 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4519 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4520 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4521 routine is one of:
4522
4523 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4524 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4525 code to print the location. An example is
4526 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4527 the location.
4528 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4529 to also print the location part of the message.
4530 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4531 don't require a location appended to the end.
4532 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4533 further info to be printed. */
4534
4535 enum print_stop_action
4536 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4537 {
4538 int val;
4539
4540 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4541 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4542 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4543 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4544 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4545 {
4546 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4547 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4548 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4549 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4550 return val;
4551 }
4552
4553 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4554 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4555 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4556 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4557 {
4558 print_solib_event (0);
4559 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4560 }
4561
4562 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4563 with and nothing was printed. */
4564 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4565 }
4566
4567 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4568 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4569 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4570 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4571
4572 static int
4573 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4574 {
4575 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4576 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4577
4578 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4579 return i;
4580 }
4581
4582 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4583
4584 static bpstat
4585 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4586 {
4587 bpstat bs;
4588
4589 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4590 bs->next = NULL;
4591 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4592 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4593 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4594 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4595 incref_bp_location (bl);
4596 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4597 bs->commands = NULL;
4598 bs->old_val = NULL;
4599 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4600 return bs;
4601 }
4602 \f
4603 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4604 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4605
4606 int
4607 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4608 {
4609 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4610 CORE_ADDR addr;
4611 struct breakpoint *b;
4612
4613 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4614 {
4615 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4616 as not triggered. */
4617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4618 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4619 {
4620 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4621
4622 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4623 }
4624
4625 return 0;
4626 }
4627
4628 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4629 {
4630 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4631 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4633 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4634 {
4635 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4636
4637 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4638 }
4639
4640 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4641 }
4642
4643 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4644 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4645 triggered. */
4646
4647 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4648 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4649 {
4650 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4651 struct bp_location *loc;
4652
4653 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4654 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4655 {
4656 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4657 {
4658 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4659 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4660
4661 if (newaddr == start)
4662 {
4663 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4664 break;
4665 }
4666 }
4667 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4668 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4669 addr, loc->address,
4670 loc->length))
4671 {
4672 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4673 break;
4674 }
4675 }
4676 }
4677
4678 return 1;
4679 }
4680
4681 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4682 because of check_errors). */
4683 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4684 #define WP_DELETED 1
4685 /* The value has changed. */
4686 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4687 /* The value has not changed. */
4688 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4689 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4690 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4691
4692 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4693 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4694
4695 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4696 changed.
4697
4698 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4699 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4700
4701 static int
4702 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4703 {
4704 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4705 struct watchpoint *b;
4706 struct frame_info *fr;
4707 int within_current_scope;
4708
4709 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4710 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4711 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4712
4713 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4714 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4715 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4716 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4717 return WP_IGNORE;
4718
4719 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4720 within_current_scope = 1;
4721 else
4722 {
4723 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4724 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4725 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4726
4727 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4728 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4729 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4730 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4731 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4732 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4733 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4734 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4735 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4736 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4737 return WP_IGNORE;
4738
4739 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4740 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4741
4742 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4743 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4744 if (within_current_scope)
4745 {
4746 struct symbol *function;
4747
4748 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4749 if (function == NULL
4750 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4751 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4752 within_current_scope = 0;
4753 }
4754
4755 if (within_current_scope)
4756 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4757 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4758 the user. */
4759 select_frame (fr);
4760 }
4761
4762 if (within_current_scope)
4763 {
4764 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4765 time before we return to the command level and call
4766 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4767 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4768
4769 int pc = 0;
4770 struct value *mark;
4771 struct value *new_val;
4772
4773 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4774 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4775 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4776 a mask watchpoint. */
4777 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4778
4779 mark = value_mark ();
4780 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4781
4782 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4783 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4784 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4785 not what we want. */
4786 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4787 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4788 {
4789 if (new_val != NULL)
4790 {
4791 release_value (new_val);
4792 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4793 }
4794 bs->old_val = b->val;
4795 b->val = new_val;
4796 b->val_valid = 1;
4797 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4798 }
4799 else
4800 {
4801 /* Nothing changed. */
4802 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4803 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4804 }
4805 }
4806 else
4807 {
4808 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4809
4810 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4811 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4812 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4813 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4814 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4815 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4816 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4817 the first value assigned). */
4818 /* We print all the stop information in
4819 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4820 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4821 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4822 here. */
4823 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4824 ui_out_field_string
4825 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4826 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4827 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4828 ui_out_text (uiout,
4829 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4830 which its expression is valid.\n");
4831
4832 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4833 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4834 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4835
4836 return WP_DELETED;
4837 }
4838 }
4839
4840 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4841 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4842 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4843
4844 static int
4845 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4846 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4847 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4848 {
4849 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4850
4851 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4852 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4853
4854 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4855 }
4856
4857 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4858 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4859
4860 static void
4861 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4862 {
4863 const struct bp_location *bl;
4864 struct watchpoint *b;
4865
4866 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4867 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4868 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4869 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4870 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4871
4872 {
4873 int must_check_value = 0;
4874
4875 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4876 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4877 watched value. */
4878 must_check_value = 1;
4879 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4880 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4881 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4882 this watchpoint. */
4883 must_check_value = 1;
4884 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4885 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4886 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4887 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4888 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4889 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4890 must_check_value = 1;
4891
4892 if (must_check_value)
4893 {
4894 char *message
4895 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4896 b->base.number);
4897 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4898 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4899 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4900 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4901 switch (e)
4902 {
4903 case WP_DELETED:
4904 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4905 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4906 /* Stop. */
4907 break;
4908 case WP_IGNORE:
4909 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4910 bs->stop = 0;
4911 break;
4912 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4913 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4914 {
4915 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4916
4917 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4918 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4919 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4920 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4921 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4922 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4923 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4924 old value.
4925
4926 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4927 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4928 happen:
4929
4930 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4931 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4932 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4933 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4934
4935 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4936 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4937 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4938 watchpoint.
4939
4940 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4941 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4942 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4943 changes. This still gives false positives when
4944 the program writes the same value to memory as
4945 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4946 it for a read), but it's much better than
4947 nothing. */
4948
4949 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4950
4951 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4952 {
4953 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4954
4955 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4956 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4957 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4958 {
4959 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4960 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4961
4962 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4963 == watch_triggered_yes)
4964 {
4965 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4966 break;
4967 }
4968 }
4969 }
4970
4971 if (other_write_watchpoint
4972 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4973 {
4974 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4975 and the value changed since the last time we
4976 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4977 Ignore it. */
4978 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4979 bs->stop = 0;
4980 }
4981 }
4982 break;
4983 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4984 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4985 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4986 {
4987 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4988 the value hasn't changed. */
4989 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4990 bs->stop = 0;
4991 }
4992 /* Stop. */
4993 break;
4994 default:
4995 /* Can't happen. */
4996 case 0:
4997 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4998 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4999 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5000 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5001 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5002 break;
5003 }
5004 }
5005 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5006 {
5007 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5008 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5009 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5010 anything for this watchpoint. */
5011 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5012 bs->stop = 0;
5013 }
5014 }
5015 }
5016
5017
5018 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5019 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5020 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5021
5022 static void
5023 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5024 {
5025 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
5026 const struct bp_location *bl;
5027 struct breakpoint *b;
5028
5029 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5030 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5031 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5032 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5033 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5034
5035 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5036 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5037 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5038
5039 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5040 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5041 bs->stop = 0;
5042 else if (bs->stop)
5043 {
5044 int value_is_zero = 0;
5045 struct expression *cond;
5046
5047 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5048 method implemented. */
5049 if (b->py_bp_object)
5050 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
5051
5052 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5053 {
5054 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5055
5056 cond = w->cond_exp;
5057 }
5058 else
5059 cond = bl->cond;
5060
5061 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5062 {
5063 int within_current_scope = 1;
5064 struct watchpoint * w;
5065
5066 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5067 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5068 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5069 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5070 function call. */
5071 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5072
5073 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5074 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5075 else
5076 w = NULL;
5077
5078 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5079 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5080 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5081 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5082 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5083 call site. */
5084 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5085 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5086 else
5087 {
5088 struct frame_info *frame;
5089
5090 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5091 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5092 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5093 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5094 really matter which instantiation of the function
5095 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5096 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5097 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5098 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5099 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5100 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5101 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5102 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5103 intuitive. */
5104 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5105 if (frame != NULL)
5106 select_frame (frame);
5107 else
5108 within_current_scope = 0;
5109 }
5110 if (within_current_scope)
5111 value_is_zero
5112 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5113 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5114 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5115 else
5116 {
5117 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5118 "in the current scope"));
5119 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5120 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5121 value_is_zero = 0;
5122 }
5123 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5124 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5125 }
5126
5127 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5128 {
5129 bs->stop = 0;
5130 }
5131 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
5132 {
5133 bs->stop = 0;
5134 }
5135 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5136 {
5137 b->ignore_count--;
5138 bs->stop = 0;
5139 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5140 ++(b->hit_count);
5141 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5142 }
5143 }
5144 }
5145
5146
5147 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5148 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5149
5150 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5151 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5152 that:
5153
5154 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5155
5156 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5157
5158 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5159 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5160 several reasons concurrently.)
5161
5162 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5163 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5164
5165 bpstat
5166 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5167 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5168 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5169 {
5170 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5171 struct bp_location *bl;
5172 struct bp_location *loc;
5173 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5174 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5175 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5176 bpstat bs;
5177 int ix;
5178 int need_remove_insert;
5179 int removed_any;
5180
5181 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5182 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5183 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5184 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5185 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5186 inferior function calls. */
5187
5188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5189 {
5190 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5191 continue;
5192
5193 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5194 {
5195 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5196 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5197 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5198 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5199 checked all locations already. */
5200 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5201 break;
5202
5203 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5204 continue;
5205
5206 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5207 continue;
5208
5209 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5210 matches. */
5211
5212 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5213 explain stop. */
5214
5215 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5216 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5217 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5218 bs->stop = 1;
5219 bs->print = 1;
5220
5221 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5222 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5223 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5224 iteration. */
5225 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5226 {
5227 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5228
5229 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5230 }
5231 }
5232 }
5233
5234 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5235 {
5236 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5237 {
5238 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5239 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5240 bs->stop = 0;
5241 bs->print = 0;
5242 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5243 }
5244 }
5245
5246 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5247 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5248 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5249 "catch unload". */
5250 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5251 {
5252 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5253 {
5254 handle_solib_event ();
5255 break;
5256 }
5257 }
5258
5259 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5260 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5261 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5262
5263 removed_any = 0;
5264
5265 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5266 {
5267 if (!bs->stop)
5268 continue;
5269
5270 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5271 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5272 if (bs->stop)
5273 {
5274 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5275
5276 if (bs->stop)
5277 {
5278 ++(b->hit_count);
5279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5280
5281 /* We will stop here. */
5282 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5283 {
5284 --(b->enable_count);
5285 if (b->enable_count <= 0
5286 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
5287 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5288 removed_any = 1;
5289 }
5290 if (b->silent)
5291 bs->print = 0;
5292 bs->commands = b->commands;
5293 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5294 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5295 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5296 bs->print = 0;
5297 }
5298
5299 }
5300
5301 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5302 print. */
5303 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5304 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5305 }
5306
5307 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5308 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5309 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5310 done later. */
5311 need_remove_insert = 0;
5312 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5313 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5314 if (!bs->stop
5315 && bs->breakpoint_at
5316 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5317 {
5318 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5319
5320 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5321 need_remove_insert = 1;
5322 }
5323
5324 if (need_remove_insert)
5325 update_global_location_list (1);
5326 else if (removed_any)
5327 update_global_location_list (0);
5328
5329 return bs_head;
5330 }
5331
5332 static void
5333 handle_jit_event (void)
5334 {
5335 struct frame_info *frame;
5336 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5337
5338 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5339 breakpoint_re_set. */
5340 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5341
5342 frame = get_current_frame ();
5343 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5344
5345 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5346
5347 target_terminal_inferior ();
5348 }
5349
5350 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5351
5352 void
5353 handle_solib_event (void)
5354 {
5355 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
5356
5357 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5358 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5359 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5360 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5361 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
5362 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5363 #else
5364 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
5365 #endif
5366 target_terminal_inferior ();
5367 }
5368
5369 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5370
5371 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5372
5373 struct bpstat_what
5374 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5375 {
5376 struct bpstat_what retval;
5377 int jit_event = 0;
5378 bpstat bs;
5379
5380 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5381 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5382 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5383
5384 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5385 {
5386 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5387 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5388 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5389 enum bptype bptype;
5390
5391 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5392 {
5393 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5394 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5395 bptype = bp_none;
5396 }
5397 else
5398 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5399
5400 switch (bptype)
5401 {
5402 case bp_none:
5403 break;
5404 case bp_breakpoint:
5405 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5406 case bp_until:
5407 case bp_finish:
5408 case bp_shlib_event:
5409 if (bs->stop)
5410 {
5411 if (bs->print)
5412 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5413 else
5414 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5415 }
5416 else
5417 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5418 break;
5419 case bp_watchpoint:
5420 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5421 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5422 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5423 if (bs->stop)
5424 {
5425 if (bs->print)
5426 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5427 else
5428 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5429 }
5430 else
5431 {
5432 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5433 This requires no further action. */
5434 }
5435 break;
5436 case bp_longjmp:
5437 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5438 case bp_exception:
5439 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5440 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5441 break;
5442 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5443 case bp_exception_resume:
5444 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5445 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5446 break;
5447 case bp_step_resume:
5448 if (bs->stop)
5449 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5450 else
5451 {
5452 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5453 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5454 }
5455 break;
5456 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5457 if (bs->stop)
5458 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5459 else
5460 {
5461 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5462 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5463 }
5464 break;
5465 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5466 case bp_thread_event:
5467 case bp_overlay_event:
5468 case bp_longjmp_master:
5469 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5470 case bp_exception_master:
5471 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5472 break;
5473 case bp_catchpoint:
5474 if (bs->stop)
5475 {
5476 if (bs->print)
5477 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5478 else
5479 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5480 }
5481 else
5482 {
5483 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5484 This requires no further action. */
5485 }
5486 break;
5487 case bp_jit_event:
5488 jit_event = 1;
5489 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5490 break;
5491 case bp_call_dummy:
5492 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5493 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5494 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5495 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5496 break;
5497 case bp_std_terminate:
5498 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5499 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5500 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5501 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5502 break;
5503 case bp_tracepoint:
5504 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5505 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5506 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5507 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5508 out already. */
5509 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5510 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5511 break;
5512 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5513 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5514 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5515 break;
5516 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5517 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5518 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5519 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5520 break;
5521
5522 case bp_dprintf:
5523 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5524 break;
5525
5526 default:
5527 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5528 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5529 }
5530
5531 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5532 }
5533
5534 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5535 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5536
5537 if (jit_event)
5538 {
5539 if (debug_infrun)
5540 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541
5542 handle_jit_event ();
5543 }
5544
5545 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5546 {
5547 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5548
5549 if (b == NULL)
5550 continue;
5551 switch (b->type)
5552 {
5553 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5554 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5555 break;
5556 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5557 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5558 break;
5559 }
5560 }
5561
5562 return retval;
5563 }
5564
5565 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5566 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5567 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5568
5569 int
5570 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 {
5572 struct breakpoint *b;
5573
5574 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5575 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5576 return 1;
5577 return 0;
5578 }
5579
5580 int
5581 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5582 {
5583 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5584 if (bs->stop)
5585 return 1;
5586
5587 return 0;
5588 }
5589
5590 \f
5591
5592 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5593 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5594 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5595
5596 static char *
5597 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5598 {
5599 static char wrap_indent[80];
5600 int i, total_width, width, align;
5601 char *text;
5602
5603 total_width = 0;
5604 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5605 {
5606 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5607 {
5608 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5609 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5610 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5611
5612 return wrap_indent;
5613 }
5614
5615 total_width += width + 1;
5616 }
5617
5618 return NULL;
5619 }
5620
5621 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5622 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623
5624 "host": Host evals condition.
5625 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5626 "target": Target evals condition.
5627 */
5628
5629 static const char *
5630 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5631 {
5632 struct bp_location *bl;
5633 char host_evals = 0;
5634 char target_evals = 0;
5635
5636 if (!b)
5637 return NULL;
5638
5639 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5640 return NULL;
5641
5642 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5643 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5644 return condition_evaluation_host;
5645
5646 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5647 {
5648 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5649 target_evals++;
5650 else
5651 host_evals++;
5652 }
5653
5654 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5655 return condition_evaluation_both;
5656 else if (target_evals)
5657 return condition_evaluation_target;
5658 else
5659 return condition_evaluation_host;
5660 }
5661
5662 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5663 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5664
5665 static const char *
5666 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5667 {
5668 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5669 return NULL;
5670
5671 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5672 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5673 return condition_evaluation_host;
5674
5675 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5676 return condition_evaluation_target;
5677 else
5678 return condition_evaluation_host;
5679 }
5680
5681 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5682
5683 static void
5684 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5685 struct bp_location *loc)
5686 {
5687 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5688 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5689
5690 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5691 loc = NULL;
5692
5693 if (loc != NULL)
5694 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5695
5696 if (b->display_canonical)
5697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5698 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5699 {
5700 struct symbol *sym
5701 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5702 if (sym)
5703 {
5704 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5706 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5707 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5708 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5709 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5710 }
5711 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5712 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5713 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5714
5715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5717 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5718
5719 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5720 }
5721 else if (loc)
5722 {
5723 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5724 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5725
5726 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5727 demangle, "");
5728 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5729
5730 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5731 }
5732 else
5733 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5734
5735 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5736 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5737 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5738 {
5739 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5740 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5741 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5742 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5743 }
5744
5745 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5746 }
5747
5748 static const char *
5749 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5750 {
5751 struct ep_type_description
5752 {
5753 enum bptype type;
5754 char *description;
5755 };
5756 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5757 {
5758 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5759 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5760 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5761 {bp_until, "until"},
5762 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5763 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5764 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5765 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5768 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5769 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5770 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5771 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5772 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5773 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5774 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5775 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5776 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5777 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5778 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5779 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5780 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5781 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5782 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5783 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5784 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5785 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5786 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
5788 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5789 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5790 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5791 };
5792
5793 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5794 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5795 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5796 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5797 (int) type);
5798
5799 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5800 }
5801
5802 DEF_VEC_I(int);
5803
5804 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5805 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5806
5807 static void
5808 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
5809 const char *field_name,
5810 VEC(int) *inf_num,
5811 int mi_only)
5812 {
5813 struct cleanup *back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout,
5814 field_name);
5815 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
5816 int inf;
5817 int i;
5818
5819 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5820 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5821 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
5822 return;
5823
5824 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
5825 {
5826 if (is_mi)
5827 {
5828 char mi_group[10];
5829
5830 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
5831 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
5832 }
5833 else
5834 {
5835 if (i == 0)
5836 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5837 else
5838 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5839
5840 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
5841 }
5842 }
5843
5844 do_cleanups (back_to);
5845 }
5846
5847 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5848
5849 static void
5850 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5851 struct bp_location *loc,
5852 int loc_number,
5853 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5854 int allflag)
5855 {
5856 struct command_line *l;
5857 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5858
5859 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5860 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5861 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5862 struct value_print_options opts;
5863
5864 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5865
5866 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5867 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5868 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5869 if (loc == NULL
5870 && (b->loc != NULL
5871 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5872 header_of_multiple = 1;
5873 if (loc == NULL)
5874 loc = b->loc;
5875
5876 annotate_record ();
5877
5878 /* 1 */
5879 annotate_field (0);
5880 if (part_of_multiple)
5881 {
5882 char *formatted;
5883 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5884 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5885 xfree (formatted);
5886 }
5887 else
5888 {
5889 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5890 }
5891
5892 /* 2 */
5893 annotate_field (1);
5894 if (part_of_multiple)
5895 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5896 else
5897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5898
5899 /* 3 */
5900 annotate_field (2);
5901 if (part_of_multiple)
5902 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5903 else
5904 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5905
5906
5907 /* 4 */
5908 annotate_field (3);
5909 if (part_of_multiple)
5910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5911 else
5912 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5913 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5914 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5915
5916
5917 /* 5 and 6 */
5918 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5919 {
5920 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5921 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5922 make sure there's just one location. */
5923 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5924 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5925 }
5926 else
5927 switch (b->type)
5928 {
5929 case bp_none:
5930 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5931 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5932 break;
5933
5934 case bp_watchpoint:
5935 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5936 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5937 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5938 {
5939 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5940
5941 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5942 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5943 is relatively readable). */
5944 if (opts.addressprint)
5945 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5946 annotate_field (5);
5947 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5948 }
5949 break;
5950
5951 case bp_breakpoint:
5952 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5953 case bp_until:
5954 case bp_finish:
5955 case bp_longjmp:
5956 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5958 case bp_exception:
5959 case bp_exception_resume:
5960 case bp_step_resume:
5961 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5962 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5963 case bp_call_dummy:
5964 case bp_std_terminate:
5965 case bp_shlib_event:
5966 case bp_thread_event:
5967 case bp_overlay_event:
5968 case bp_longjmp_master:
5969 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5970 case bp_exception_master:
5971 case bp_tracepoint:
5972 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5973 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5974 case bp_dprintf:
5975 case bp_jit_event:
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5977 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5978 if (opts.addressprint)
5979 {
5980 annotate_field (4);
5981 if (header_of_multiple)
5982 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5983 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5985 else
5986 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5987 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5988 }
5989 annotate_field (5);
5990 if (!header_of_multiple)
5991 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5992 if (b->loc)
5993 *last_loc = b->loc;
5994 break;
5995 }
5996
5997
5998 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
5999 {
6000 struct inferior *inf;
6001 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6002 int mi_only = 1;
6003
6004 ALL_INFERIORS (inf)
6005 {
6006 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6007 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6008 }
6009
6010 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6011 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6012 if (allflag
6013 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6014 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6015 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6016 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6017 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6018 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6019 mi_only = 0;
6020 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6021 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6022 }
6023
6024 if (!part_of_multiple)
6025 {
6026 if (b->thread != -1)
6027 {
6028 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6029 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6030 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6031 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6032 }
6033 else if (b->task != 0)
6034 {
6035 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6036 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6037 }
6038 }
6039
6040 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6041
6042 if (!part_of_multiple)
6043 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6044
6045 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6046 {
6047 annotate_field (6);
6048 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6049 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6050 the frame ID. */
6051 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6052 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6054 }
6055
6056 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6057 {
6058 annotate_field (7);
6059 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6060 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6061 else
6062 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6063 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6064
6065 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6066 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6067 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6068 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6069 == condition_evaluation_target)
6070 {
6071 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6072 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6073 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6074 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6075 }
6076 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6077 }
6078
6079 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6080 {
6081 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6082 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6083 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6084 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6085 }
6086
6087 if (!part_of_multiple)
6088 {
6089 if (b->hit_count)
6090 {
6091 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6092 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6093 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6094 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6095 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6096 else
6097 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6098 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6099 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6100 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6101 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6102 else
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6104 }
6105 else
6106 {
6107 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6108 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6109 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6110 }
6111 }
6112
6113 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6114 {
6115 annotate_field (8);
6116 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6117 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6118 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6119 }
6120
6121 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6122 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6123 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6124 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6125 {
6126 annotate_field (8);
6127 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6128 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6129 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6130 if (b->ignore_count)
6131 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6132 else
6133 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6134 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6135 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6136 }
6137
6138 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6139 {
6140 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6141
6142 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6143 {
6144 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6145 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6146 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6147 }
6148 }
6149
6150 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6151 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6152 {
6153 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6154
6155 annotate_field (9);
6156 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6157 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6158 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6159 }
6160
6161 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6162 {
6163 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6164
6165 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6166 {
6167 annotate_field (10);
6168 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6169 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6170 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6171 }
6172
6173 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6174 pending. */
6175 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6176 {
6177 annotate_field (11);
6178
6179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6180 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6181 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6182 else
6183 {
6184 if (loc->inserted)
6185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6186 else
6187 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6188 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6189 }
6190 }
6191 }
6192
6193 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6194 {
6195 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6196 {
6197 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6198
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6200 }
6201 else if (b->addr_string)
6202 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6203 }
6204 }
6205
6206 static void
6207 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6208 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6209 int allflag)
6210 {
6211 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6212 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6213
6214 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6215
6216 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6217 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6218
6219 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6220 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6221 locations, if any. */
6222 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6223 {
6224 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6225 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6226 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6227 situation.
6228
6229 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6230 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6231 if (b->loc
6232 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6233 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6234 {
6235 struct bp_location *loc;
6236 int n = 1;
6237
6238 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6239 {
6240 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6241 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6242 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6243 do_cleanups (inner2);
6244 }
6245 }
6246 }
6247 }
6248
6249 static int
6250 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6251 {
6252 int print_address_bits = 0;
6253 struct bp_location *loc;
6254
6255 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6256 {
6257 int addr_bit;
6258
6259 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6260 an address to print. */
6261 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6262 continue;
6263
6264 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6265 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6266 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6267 }
6268
6269 return print_address_bits;
6270 }
6271
6272 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6273 {
6274 int bnum;
6275 };
6276
6277 static int
6278 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6279 {
6280 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6281 struct breakpoint *b;
6282 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6283
6284 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6285 {
6286 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6287 {
6288 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6289 return GDB_RC_OK;
6290 }
6291 }
6292 return GDB_RC_NONE;
6293 }
6294
6295 enum gdb_rc
6296 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6297 char **error_message)
6298 {
6299 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6300
6301 args.bnum = bnum;
6302 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6303 an error. */
6304 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6305 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6306 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
6307 else
6308 return GDB_RC_OK;
6309 }
6310
6311 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6312 internal or momentary. */
6313
6314 int
6315 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6316 {
6317 return b->number > 0;
6318 }
6319
6320 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6321 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6322 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6323 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6324 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6325 breakpoints listed. */
6326
6327 static int
6328 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6329 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6330 {
6331 struct breakpoint *b;
6332 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6333 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6334 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6335 struct value_print_options opts;
6336 int print_address_bits = 0;
6337 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6338 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6339
6340 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6341
6342 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6343 required for address fields. */
6344 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6346 {
6347 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6348 if (filter && !filter (b))
6349 continue;
6350
6351 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6352 accept. Skip the others. */
6353 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6354 {
6355 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6356 continue;
6357 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6358 continue;
6359 }
6360
6361 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6362 {
6363 int addr_bit, type_len;
6364
6365 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6366 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6367 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6368
6369 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6370 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6371 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6372
6373 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6374 }
6375 }
6376
6377 if (opts.addressprint)
6378 bkpttbl_chain
6379 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6380 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6381 "BreakpointTable");
6382 else
6383 bkpttbl_chain
6384 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6385 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6386 "BreakpointTable");
6387
6388 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6389 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6391 annotate_field (0);
6392 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6393 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6394 annotate_field (1);
6395 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6396 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6397 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6398 annotate_field (2);
6399 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6400 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6401 annotate_field (3);
6402 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6403 if (opts.addressprint)
6404 {
6405 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6406 annotate_field (4);
6407 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6408 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6409 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6410 else
6411 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6412 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6413 }
6414 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6415 annotate_field (5);
6416 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6417 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6418 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6419 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6420
6421 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6422 {
6423 QUIT;
6424 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6425 if (filter && !filter (b))
6426 continue;
6427
6428 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6429 accept. Skip the others. */
6430
6431 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6432 {
6433 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6434 {
6435 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6436 continue;
6437 }
6438 else /* all others */
6439 {
6440 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6441 continue;
6442 }
6443 }
6444 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6445 allflag is set. */
6446 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6447 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6448 }
6449
6450 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6451
6452 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6453 {
6454 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6455 empty list. */
6456 if (!filter)
6457 {
6458 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6459 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6460 else
6461 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6462 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6463 args);
6464 }
6465 }
6466 else
6467 {
6468 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6469 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6470 }
6471
6472 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6473 there have been breakpoints? */
6474 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6475
6476 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6477 }
6478
6479 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6480 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6481
6482 static void
6483 default_collect_info (void)
6484 {
6485 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6486
6487 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6488 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6489 not wanted. */
6490 if (!*default_collect)
6491 return;
6492
6493 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6494 actions. */
6495 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6496 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6497 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6498 }
6499
6500 static void
6501 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6502 {
6503 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6504
6505 default_collect_info ();
6506 }
6507
6508 static void
6509 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6510 {
6511 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6512 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6513
6514 if (num_printed == 0)
6515 {
6516 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6517 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6518 else
6519 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6520 }
6521 }
6522
6523 static void
6524 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6525 {
6526 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6527
6528 default_collect_info ();
6529 }
6530
6531 static int
6532 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6533 struct program_space *pspace,
6534 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6535 {
6536 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6537
6538 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6539 {
6540 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6541 && bl->address == pc
6542 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6543 return 1;
6544 }
6545 return 0;
6546 }
6547
6548 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6549 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6550 address spaces. */
6551
6552 static void
6553 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6554 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6555 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6556 {
6557 int others = 0;
6558 struct breakpoint *b;
6559
6560 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6561 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6562 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6563 if (others > 0)
6564 {
6565 if (others == 1)
6566 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6567 else /* if (others == ???) */
6568 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6570 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6571 {
6572 others--;
6573 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6574 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6575 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6576 else if (b->thread != -1)
6577 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6578 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6579 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6580 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6581 ? " (disabled)"
6582 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6583 ? " (permanent)"
6584 : ""),
6585 (others > 1) ? ","
6586 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6587 }
6588 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6589 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6590 printf_filtered (".\n");
6591 }
6592 }
6593 \f
6594
6595 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6596 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6597 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6598 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6599
6600 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6601 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6602 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6603 breakpoint at address zero:
6604
6605 bp_watchpoint
6606 bp_catchpoint
6607
6608 */
6609
6610 static int
6611 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6612 {
6613 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6614
6615 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6616 }
6617
6618 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6619 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6620
6621 static int
6622 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6623 struct bp_location *loc2)
6624 {
6625 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6626 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6627
6628 /* Both of them must exist. */
6629 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6630 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6631
6632 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6633 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6634 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6635 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6636 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6637 other watchpoint. */
6638 if ((w1->cond_exp
6639 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6640 loc1->length,
6641 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6642 w1->cond_exp))
6643 || (w2->cond_exp
6644 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6645 loc2->length,
6646 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6647 w2->cond_exp)))
6648 return 0;
6649
6650 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6651 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6652 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6653 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6654 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6655 become hw_access locations later. */
6656 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6657 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6658 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6659 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6660 }
6661
6662 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6663 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6664 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6665 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6666
6667 static int
6668 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6669 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6670 {
6671 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6672 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6673 && addr1 == addr2);
6674 }
6675
6676 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6677 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6678 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6679 space doesn't really matter. */
6680
6681 static int
6682 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6683 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6684 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6685 {
6686 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6687 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6688 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6692 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6693 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6694 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6695
6696 static int
6697 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6698 struct address_space *aspace,
6699 CORE_ADDR addr)
6700 {
6701 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6702 aspace, addr)
6703 || (bl->length
6704 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6705 bl->address, bl->length,
6706 aspace, addr)));
6707 }
6708
6709 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6710 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6711 true, otherwise returns false. */
6712
6713 static int
6714 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6715 struct bp_location *loc2)
6716 {
6717 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6718 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6719 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6720 different locations. */
6721 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6722 else
6723 return 0;
6724 }
6725
6726 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6727 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6728 represent the same location. */
6729
6730 static int
6731 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6732 struct bp_location *loc2)
6733 {
6734 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6735
6736 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6737 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6738 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6739
6740 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6741 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6742
6743 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6744 return 0;
6745 else if (hw_point1)
6746 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6747 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6748 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6749 else
6750 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6751 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6752 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6753 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6754 }
6755
6756 static void
6757 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6758 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6759 {
6760 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6761 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6762 char astr1[64];
6763 char astr2[64];
6764
6765 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6766 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6767 if (have_bnum)
6768 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6769 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6770 else
6771 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6772 }
6773
6774 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6775 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6776 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6777 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6778
6779 static CORE_ADDR
6780 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6781 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6782 {
6783 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6784 {
6785 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6786 return bpaddr;
6787 }
6788 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6789 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6790 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6791 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6792 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6793 {
6794 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6795 have their addresses modified. */
6796 return bpaddr;
6797 }
6798 else
6799 {
6800 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6801
6802 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6803 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6804 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6805
6806 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6807 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6808 is required. */
6809 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6810 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6811
6812 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6813 }
6814 }
6815
6816 void
6817 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6818 struct breakpoint *owner)
6819 {
6820 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6821
6822 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6823
6824 loc->ops = ops;
6825 loc->owner = owner;
6826 loc->cond = NULL;
6827 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6828 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6829 loc->enabled = 1;
6830
6831 switch (owner->type)
6832 {
6833 case bp_breakpoint:
6834 case bp_until:
6835 case bp_finish:
6836 case bp_longjmp:
6837 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6838 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6839 case bp_exception:
6840 case bp_exception_resume:
6841 case bp_step_resume:
6842 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6843 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6844 case bp_call_dummy:
6845 case bp_std_terminate:
6846 case bp_shlib_event:
6847 case bp_thread_event:
6848 case bp_overlay_event:
6849 case bp_jit_event:
6850 case bp_longjmp_master:
6851 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6852 case bp_exception_master:
6853 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6854 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6855 case bp_dprintf:
6856 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6857 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6858 break;
6859 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6860 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6861 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6862 break;
6863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6864 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6865 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6866 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6867 break;
6868 case bp_watchpoint:
6869 case bp_catchpoint:
6870 case bp_tracepoint:
6871 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6872 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6873 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6874 break;
6875 default:
6876 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6877 }
6878
6879 loc->refc = 1;
6880 }
6881
6882 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6883
6884 static struct bp_location *
6885 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6886 {
6887 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6888 }
6889
6890 static void
6891 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6892 {
6893 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6894 xfree (loc);
6895 }
6896
6897 /* Increment reference count. */
6898
6899 static void
6900 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6901 {
6902 ++bl->refc;
6903 }
6904
6905 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6906 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6907
6908 static void
6909 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6910 {
6911 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6912
6913 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6914 free_bp_location (*blp);
6915 *blp = NULL;
6916 }
6917
6918 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6919
6920 static void
6921 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6922 {
6923 struct breakpoint *b1;
6924
6925 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6926 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6927
6928 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6929 if (b1 == 0)
6930 breakpoint_chain = b;
6931 else
6932 {
6933 while (b1->next)
6934 b1 = b1->next;
6935 b1->next = b;
6936 }
6937 }
6938
6939 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6940
6941 static void
6942 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6943 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6944 enum bptype bptype,
6945 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6946 {
6947 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6948
6949 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6950
6951 b->ops = ops;
6952 b->type = bptype;
6953 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6954 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6955 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6956 b->thread = -1;
6957 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6958 b->next = 0;
6959 b->silent = 0;
6960 b->ignore_count = 0;
6961 b->commands = NULL;
6962 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6963 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6964 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6965 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6966 }
6967
6968 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6969 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6970
6971 static struct breakpoint *
6972 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6973 enum bptype bptype,
6974 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6975 {
6976 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6977
6978 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6979 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6980 return b;
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6984 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6985 enough. */
6986
6987 static void
6988 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6989 {
6990 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6991
6992 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6993 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6994 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6995 {
6996 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6997 const char *function_name;
6998 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
6999
7000 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7001 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7002
7003 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7004 {
7005 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7006
7007 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7008 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7009 &loc->requested_address))
7010 {
7011 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7012 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7013 loc->requested_address,
7014 b->type);
7015 }
7016 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7017 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7018 {
7019 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7020 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7021 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7022 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7023 breakpoint. */
7024 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7025 }
7026 }
7027
7028 if (function_name)
7029 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7030 }
7031 }
7032
7033 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7034 struct gdbarch *
7035 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7036 {
7037 if (sal.section)
7038 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7039 if (sal.symtab)
7040 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
7041
7042 return NULL;
7043 }
7044
7045 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7046 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7047 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7048
7049 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7050 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7051 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7052
7053 static void
7054 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7055 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7056 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7057 {
7058 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7059
7060 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7061
7062 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7063 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7064
7065 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7066 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7067 program space. */
7068 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7069 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7070 }
7071
7072 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7073 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7074 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7075 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7076 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7077 is also returned as the value of this function.
7078
7079 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7080 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7081 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7082 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7083 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7084 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7085 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7086
7087 struct breakpoint *
7088 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7089 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7090 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7091 {
7092 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7093
7094 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7095 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7096 return b;
7097 }
7098
7099
7100 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7101 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7102 void
7103 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7104 {
7105 struct bp_location *bl;
7106
7107 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
7108
7109 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7110 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7111 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7112 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7113 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7114 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7115 bl->inserted = 1;
7116 }
7117
7118 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7119 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7120 initiated the operation. */
7121
7122 void
7123 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7124 {
7125 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7126 int thread = tp->num;
7127
7128 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7129 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7130 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7131 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7132 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7133 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7134 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7135 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7136 {
7137 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7138 struct breakpoint *clone;
7139
7140 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7141 after their removal. */
7142 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7143 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops);
7144 clone->thread = thread;
7145 }
7146
7147 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7148 }
7149
7150 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7151 void
7152 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7153 {
7154 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7155
7156 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7157 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7158 {
7159 if (b->thread == thread)
7160 delete_breakpoint (b);
7161 }
7162 }
7163
7164 void
7165 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7166 {
7167 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7168
7169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7170 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7171 {
7172 if (b->thread == thread)
7173 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7174 }
7175 }
7176
7177 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7178 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7179 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7180 breakpoints. */
7181
7182 struct breakpoint *
7183 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7184 {
7185 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7186
7187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7188 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7189 {
7190 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7191
7192 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7193 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7194 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7195
7196 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7197
7198 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7199 if (retval == NULL)
7200 retval = new_b;
7201 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7202 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7203 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7204 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7205 }
7206
7207 return retval;
7208 }
7209
7210 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7211 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7212 stack.
7213
7214 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7215 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7216 frames. */
7217
7218 void
7219 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread)
7220 {
7221 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7222
7223 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7224 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == thread)
7225 {
7226 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7227
7228 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7229 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7230 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7231 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7232 continue;
7233
7234 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id);
7235
7236 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7237 {
7238 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7239 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7240 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7241 }
7242 delete_breakpoint (b);
7243 }
7244 }
7245
7246 void
7247 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7248 {
7249 struct breakpoint *b;
7250
7251 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7252 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7253 {
7254 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7255 update_global_location_list (1);
7256 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7257 }
7258 }
7259
7260 void
7261 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7262 {
7263 struct breakpoint *b;
7264
7265 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7266 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7267 {
7268 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7269 update_global_location_list (0);
7270 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7271 }
7272 }
7273
7274 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7275 master breakpoint. */
7276 void
7277 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7278 {
7279 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7280
7281 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7282 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7283 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7284 {
7285 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7286 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
7287 }
7288 }
7289
7290 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7291 void
7292 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7293 {
7294 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7295
7296 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7297 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7298 delete_breakpoint (b);
7299 }
7300
7301 struct breakpoint *
7302 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7303 {
7304 struct breakpoint *b;
7305
7306 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7307 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7308
7309 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7310 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7311 b->addr_string
7312 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7313
7314 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7315
7316 return b;
7317 }
7318
7319 void
7320 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7321 {
7322 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7323
7324 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7325 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7326 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7327 delete_breakpoint (b);
7328 }
7329
7330 struct lang_and_radix
7331 {
7332 enum language lang;
7333 int radix;
7334 };
7335
7336 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7337
7338 struct breakpoint *
7339 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7340 {
7341 struct breakpoint *b;
7342
7343 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7344 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7345 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7346 return b;
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7350
7351 void
7352 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7353 {
7354 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7355
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7357 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7358 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7359 delete_breakpoint (b);
7360 }
7361
7362 void
7363 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7364 {
7365 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7366
7367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7368 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7369 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7370 delete_breakpoint (b);
7371 }
7372
7373 struct breakpoint *
7374 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7375 {
7376 struct breakpoint *b;
7377
7378 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7379 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7380 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7381 return b;
7382 }
7383
7384 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7385 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7386
7387 void
7388 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7389 {
7390 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7391
7392 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7393 {
7394 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7395 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7396
7397 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7398 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7399 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7400 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7401 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7402 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7403 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7404 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7405 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7406 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7407 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7408 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
7409 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
7410 #else
7411 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7412 #endif
7413 )
7414 {
7415 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7416 }
7417 }
7418 }
7419
7420 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7421 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7422 disabled. */
7423
7424 static void
7425 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7426 {
7427 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7428 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7429
7430 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7431 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7432 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7433 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7434 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7435 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7436 return;
7437
7438 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7439 {
7440 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7441 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7442
7443 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7444 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7445 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7446 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7447 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7448 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7449 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7450 || is_tracepoint (b))
7451 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7452 {
7453 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7454 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7455 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7456 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7457 loc->inserted = 0;
7458
7459 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7461
7462 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7463 {
7464 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7465 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7466 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7467 solib->so_name);
7468 }
7469 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7470 }
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7475
7476 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7477 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7478 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7479 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7480 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7481
7482 struct fork_catchpoint
7483 {
7484 /* The base class. */
7485 struct breakpoint base;
7486
7487 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7488 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7489 catchpoint has triggered. */
7490 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7491 };
7492
7493 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7494 catchpoints. */
7495
7496 static int
7497 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7498 {
7499 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7500 }
7501
7502 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7503 catchpoints. */
7504
7505 static int
7506 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7507 {
7508 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7509 }
7510
7511 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7512 catchpoints. */
7513
7514 static int
7515 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7516 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7517 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7518 {
7519 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7520
7521 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7522 return 0;
7523
7524 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7525 return 1;
7526 }
7527
7528 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7529 catchpoints. */
7530
7531 static enum print_stop_action
7532 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7533 {
7534 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7535 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7536 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7537
7538 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7539 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7540 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7541 else
7542 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7544 {
7545 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7547 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7548 }
7549 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7550 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7551 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7552 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7553 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7554 }
7555
7556 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7557 catchpoints. */
7558
7559 static void
7560 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7561 {
7562 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7563 struct value_print_options opts;
7564 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7565
7566 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7567
7568 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7569 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7570 readable). */
7571 if (opts.addressprint)
7572 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7573 annotate_field (5);
7574 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7575 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7576 {
7577 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7578 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7579 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7580 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7581 }
7582
7583 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7585 }
7586
7587 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7588 catchpoints. */
7589
7590 static void
7591 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7592 {
7593 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7597 catchpoints. */
7598
7599 static void
7600 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7601 {
7602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7603 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7604 }
7605
7606 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7607
7608 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7609
7610 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7611 catchpoints. */
7612
7613 static int
7614 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7615 {
7616 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7617 }
7618
7619 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7620 catchpoints. */
7621
7622 static int
7623 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7624 {
7625 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7626 }
7627
7628 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7629 catchpoints. */
7630
7631 static int
7632 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7633 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7634 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7635 {
7636 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7637
7638 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7639 return 0;
7640
7641 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7642 return 1;
7643 }
7644
7645 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7646 catchpoints. */
7647
7648 static enum print_stop_action
7649 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7650 {
7651 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7652 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7653 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7654
7655 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7656 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7657 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7658 else
7659 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7660 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7661 {
7662 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7663 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7664 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7665 }
7666 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7667 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7668 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7669 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7670 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7671 }
7672
7673 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7674 catchpoints. */
7675
7676 static void
7677 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7678 {
7679 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7680 struct value_print_options opts;
7681 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7682
7683 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7684 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7685 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7686 readable). */
7687 if (opts.addressprint)
7688 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7689 annotate_field (5);
7690 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7691 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7692 {
7693 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7694 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7695 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7696 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7697 }
7698
7699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7700 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
7701 }
7702
7703 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7704 catchpoints. */
7705
7706 static void
7707 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7708 {
7709 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7710 }
7711
7712 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7713 catchpoints. */
7714
7715 static void
7716 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7717 {
7718 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7719 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7720 }
7721
7722 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7723
7724 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7725
7726 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7727 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7728 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7729 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7730 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7731
7732 struct solib_catchpoint
7733 {
7734 /* The base class. */
7735 struct breakpoint base;
7736
7737 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7738 unsigned char is_load;
7739
7740 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7741 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7742 char *regex;
7743 regex_t compiled;
7744 };
7745
7746 static void
7747 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7748 {
7749 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7750
7751 if (self->regex)
7752 regfree (&self->compiled);
7753 xfree (self->regex);
7754
7755 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7756 }
7757
7758 static int
7759 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7760 {
7761 return 0;
7762 }
7763
7764 static int
7765 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7766 {
7767 return 0;
7768 }
7769
7770 static int
7771 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7772 struct address_space *aspace,
7773 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7774 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7775 {
7776 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7777 struct breakpoint *other;
7778
7779 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7780 return 1;
7781
7782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7783 {
7784 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7785
7786 if (other == bl->owner)
7787 continue;
7788
7789 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7790 continue;
7791
7792 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7793 continue;
7794
7795 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7796 {
7797 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7798 return 1;
7799 }
7800 }
7801
7802 return 0;
7803 }
7804
7805 static void
7806 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7807 {
7808 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7809 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7810 int ix;
7811
7812 if (self->is_load)
7813 {
7814 struct so_list *iter;
7815
7816 for (ix = 0;
7817 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7818 ix, iter);
7819 ++ix)
7820 {
7821 if (!self->regex
7822 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7823 return;
7824 }
7825 }
7826 else
7827 {
7828 char *iter;
7829
7830 for (ix = 0;
7831 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7832 ix, iter);
7833 ++ix)
7834 {
7835 if (!self->regex
7836 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7837 return;
7838 }
7839 }
7840
7841 bs->stop = 0;
7842 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7843 }
7844
7845 static enum print_stop_action
7846 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7847 {
7848 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7849 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7850
7851 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7852 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7853 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7854 else
7855 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7856 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7858 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7859 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7860 print_solib_event (1);
7861 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7862 }
7863
7864 static void
7865 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7866 {
7867 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7868 struct value_print_options opts;
7869 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7870 char *msg;
7871
7872 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7873 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7874 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7875 readable). */
7876 if (opts.addressprint)
7877 {
7878 annotate_field (4);
7879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7880 }
7881
7882 annotate_field (5);
7883 if (self->is_load)
7884 {
7885 if (self->regex)
7886 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7887 else
7888 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7889 }
7890 else
7891 {
7892 if (self->regex)
7893 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7894 else
7895 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7896 }
7897 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7898 xfree (msg);
7899
7900 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7901 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
7902 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7903 }
7904
7905 static void
7906 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7907 {
7908 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7909
7910 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7911 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7912 }
7913
7914 static void
7915 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7916 {
7917 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7918
7919 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7920 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7921 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7922 if (self->regex)
7923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7924 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7925 }
7926
7927 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7928
7929 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7930 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7931 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7932 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7933 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7934 created in an enabled state. */
7935
7936 void
7937 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
7938 {
7939 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7940 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7941 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7942
7943 if (!arg)
7944 arg = "";
7945 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7946
7947 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7948 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7949
7950 if (*arg != '\0')
7951 {
7952 int errcode;
7953
7954 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7955 if (errcode != 0)
7956 {
7957 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7958
7959 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7960 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7961 }
7962 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7963 }
7964
7965 c->is_load = is_load;
7966 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
7967 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7968
7969 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
7970
7971 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7972 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7973 }
7974
7975 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7976 "catch unload". */
7977
7978 static void
7979 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7980 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7981 {
7982 int tempflag;
7983 const int enabled = 1;
7984
7985 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7986
7987 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
7988 }
7989
7990 static void
7991 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7992 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7993 {
7994 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7995 }
7996
7997 static void
7998 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7999 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8000 {
8001 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8002 }
8003
8004 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8005 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8006 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8007 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8008 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8009
8010 struct syscall_catchpoint
8011 {
8012 /* The base class. */
8013 struct breakpoint base;
8014
8015 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8016 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8017 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8018 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8019 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8020 };
8021
8022 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8023 catchpoints. */
8024
8025 static void
8026 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8027 {
8028 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8029
8030 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8031
8032 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8033 }
8034
8035 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8036
8037 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8038 {
8039 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8040 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8041 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8042
8043 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8044 int any_syscall_count;
8045
8046 /* Count of each system call. */
8047 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8048
8049 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8050 if any catching is necessary. */
8051 int total_syscalls_count;
8052 };
8053
8054 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8055 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8056 {
8057 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8058
8059 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8060 if (inf_data == NULL)
8061 {
8062 inf_data = XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8063 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8064 }
8065
8066 return inf_data;
8067 }
8068
8069 static void
8070 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8071 {
8072 xfree (arg);
8073 }
8074
8075
8076 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8077 catchpoints. */
8078
8079 static int
8080 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8081 {
8082 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8083 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8084 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8085 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8086
8087 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8088 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8089 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8090 else
8091 {
8092 int i, iter;
8093
8094 for (i = 0;
8095 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8096 i++)
8097 {
8098 int elem;
8099
8100 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8101 {
8102 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8103 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8104 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8105 uintptr_t vec_addr;
8106 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8107 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8108 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8109 + vec_addr_offset);
8110 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8111 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8112 }
8113 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8114 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8115 }
8116 }
8117
8118 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8119 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8120 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8121 VEC_length (int,
8122 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8123 VEC_address (int,
8124 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8125 }
8126
8127 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8128 catchpoints. */
8129
8130 static int
8131 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8132 {
8133 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8134 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8135 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8136 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8137
8138 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8139 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8140 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8141 else
8142 {
8143 int i, iter;
8144
8145 for (i = 0;
8146 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8147 i++)
8148 {
8149 int elem;
8150 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8151 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8152 continue;
8153 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8154 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8155 }
8156 }
8157
8158 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
8159 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8160 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8161 VEC_length (int,
8162 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8163 VEC_address (int,
8164 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8165 }
8166
8167 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8168 catchpoints. */
8169
8170 static int
8171 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8172 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8173 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8174 {
8175 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8176 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8177 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8178 int syscall_number = 0;
8179 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8180 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8181
8182 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8183 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8184 return 0;
8185
8186 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8187
8188 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8189 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8190 {
8191 int i, iter;
8192
8193 for (i = 0;
8194 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8195 i++)
8196 if (syscall_number == iter)
8197 break;
8198 /* Not the same. */
8199 if (!iter)
8200 return 0;
8201 }
8202
8203 return 1;
8204 }
8205
8206 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8207 catchpoints. */
8208
8209 static enum print_stop_action
8210 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8211 {
8212 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8213 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8214 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8215 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8216 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8217 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8218 ptid_t ptid;
8219 struct target_waitstatus last;
8220 struct syscall s;
8221
8222 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8223
8224 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8225
8226 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8227
8228 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8229 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8230 else
8231 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8232 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8233 {
8234 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8235 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8236 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8237 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8238 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8239 }
8240 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8241
8242 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8243 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8244 else
8245 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8246
8247 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8248 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8249 if (s.name != NULL)
8250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8251
8252 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8253
8254 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8255 }
8256
8257 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8258 catchpoints. */
8259
8260 static void
8261 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8262 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8263 {
8264 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8265 struct value_print_options opts;
8266 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8267
8268 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8269 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8270 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8271 readable). */
8272 if (opts.addressprint)
8273 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8274 annotate_field (5);
8275
8276 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8277 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8278 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8279 else
8280 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8281
8282 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8283 {
8284 int i, iter;
8285 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8286
8287 for (i = 0;
8288 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8289 i++)
8290 {
8291 char *x = text;
8292 struct syscall s;
8293 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8294
8295 if (s.name != NULL)
8296 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8297 else
8298 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8299
8300 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8301 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8302 on every call. */
8303 xfree (x);
8304 }
8305 /* Remove the last comma. */
8306 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8307 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8308 }
8309 else
8310 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8311 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8312
8313 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8314 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8315 }
8316
8317 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8318 catchpoints. */
8319
8320 static void
8321 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8322 {
8323 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8324
8325 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8326 {
8327 int i, iter;
8328
8329 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8330 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8331 else
8332 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8333
8334 for (i = 0;
8335 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8336 i++)
8337 {
8338 struct syscall s;
8339 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8340
8341 if (s.name)
8342 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8343 else
8344 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8345 }
8346 printf_filtered (")");
8347 }
8348 else
8349 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8350 b->number);
8351 }
8352
8353 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8354 catchpoints. */
8355
8356 static void
8357 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8358 {
8359 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8360
8361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8362
8363 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8364 {
8365 int i, iter;
8366
8367 for (i = 0;
8368 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8369 i++)
8370 {
8371 struct syscall s;
8372
8373 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
8374 if (s.name)
8375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8376 else
8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8378 }
8379 }
8380 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8381 }
8382
8383 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8384
8385 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8386
8387 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8388
8389 static int
8390 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8391 {
8392 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8393 }
8394
8395 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8396 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8397 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8398 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8399
8400 void
8401 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8402 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8403 char *cond_string,
8404 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8405 {
8406 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8407
8408 init_sal (&sal);
8409 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8410
8411 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8412
8413 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8414 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8415 }
8416
8417 void
8418 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8419 {
8420 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8421 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8422 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8423 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8424 if (!internal)
8425 mention (b);
8426 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8427
8428 if (update_gll)
8429 update_global_location_list (1);
8430 }
8431
8432 static void
8433 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8434 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8435 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8436 {
8437 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8438
8439 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8440
8441 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8442
8443 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8444 }
8445
8446 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8447
8448 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8449 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8450 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8451 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8452 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8453
8454 struct exec_catchpoint
8455 {
8456 /* The base class. */
8457 struct breakpoint base;
8458
8459 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8460 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8461 triggered. */
8462 char *exec_pathname;
8463 };
8464
8465 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8466 catchpoints. */
8467
8468 static void
8469 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8470 {
8471 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8472
8473 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8474
8475 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8476 }
8477
8478 static int
8479 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8480 {
8481 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8482 }
8483
8484 static int
8485 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8486 {
8487 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
8488 }
8489
8490 static int
8491 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8492 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8493 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8494 {
8495 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8496
8497 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8498 return 0;
8499
8500 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8501 return 1;
8502 }
8503
8504 static enum print_stop_action
8505 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8506 {
8507 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8508 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8509 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8510
8511 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8512 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8513 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8514 else
8515 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8516 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8517 {
8518 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8519 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8521 }
8522 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8523 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8524 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8526
8527 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8528 }
8529
8530 static void
8531 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8532 {
8533 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8534 struct value_print_options opts;
8535 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8536
8537 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8538
8539 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8540 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8541 is relatively readable). */
8542 if (opts.addressprint)
8543 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8544 annotate_field (5);
8545 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8546 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8547 {
8548 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8549 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8550 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8551 }
8552
8553 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8554 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8555 }
8556
8557 static void
8558 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8559 {
8560 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8561 }
8562
8563 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8564 catchpoints. */
8565
8566 static void
8567 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8568 {
8569 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8570 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8571 }
8572
8573 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8574
8575 static void
8576 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8577 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8578 {
8579 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8580 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8581
8582 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8583 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8584 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8585
8586 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8587 }
8588
8589 static int
8590 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8591 {
8592 int i = 0;
8593 struct breakpoint *b;
8594 struct bp_location *bl;
8595
8596 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8597 {
8598 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8599 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8600 {
8601 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8602 one register. */
8603 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8604 }
8605 }
8606
8607 return i;
8608 }
8609
8610 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8611 watchpoint. */
8612
8613 static int
8614 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
8615 {
8616 int i = 0;
8617 struct bp_location *bl;
8618
8619 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8620 return 0;
8621
8622 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8623 {
8624 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8625 one register. */
8626 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
8627 }
8628
8629 return i;
8630 }
8631
8632 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8633 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8634 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8635 types _not_ TYPE. */
8636
8637 static int
8638 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
8639 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
8640 {
8641 int i = 0;
8642 struct breakpoint *b;
8643
8644 *other_type_used = 0;
8645 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8646 {
8647 if (b == except)
8648 continue;
8649 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
8650 continue;
8651
8652 if (b->type == type)
8653 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
8654 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
8655 *other_type_used = 1;
8656 }
8657
8658 return i;
8659 }
8660
8661 void
8662 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8663 {
8664 struct breakpoint *b;
8665
8666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8667 {
8668 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8669 {
8670 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
8671 update_global_location_list (0);
8672 }
8673 }
8674 }
8675
8676 void
8677 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8678 {
8679 struct breakpoint *b;
8680
8681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8682 {
8683 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8684 {
8685 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8686 update_global_location_list (1);
8687 }
8688 }
8689 }
8690
8691 void
8692 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8693 {
8694 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8695 update_global_location_list (0);
8696 }
8697
8698 void
8699 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8700 {
8701 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8702 breakpoint_re_set ();
8703 }
8704
8705
8706 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8707 at address specified by SAL.
8708 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8709
8710 struct breakpoint *
8711 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8712 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8713 {
8714 struct breakpoint *b;
8715
8716 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8717 tail-called one. */
8718 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
8719
8720 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8721 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8722 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8723 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8724
8725 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8726 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8727 control. */
8728 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8729 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8730
8731 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8732
8733 return b;
8734 }
8735
8736 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8737 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8738 breakpoint_ops. */
8739
8740 static struct breakpoint *
8741 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8742 enum bptype type,
8743 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8744 {
8745 struct breakpoint *copy;
8746
8747 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8748 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8749 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8750
8751 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8752 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8753 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8754 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8755 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8756 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
8757 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8758 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
8759 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8760 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8761 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8762
8763 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8764 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8765 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8766
8767 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8768 return copy;
8769 }
8770
8771 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8772 ORIG is NULL. */
8773
8774 struct breakpoint *
8775 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8776 {
8777 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8778 if (orig == NULL)
8779 return NULL;
8780
8781 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8782 }
8783
8784 struct breakpoint *
8785 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8786 enum bptype type)
8787 {
8788 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8789
8790 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8791 sal.pc = pc;
8792 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8793 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8794
8795 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8796 }
8797 \f
8798
8799 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8800
8801 static void
8802 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8803 {
8804 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8805 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8806 return;
8807 printf_filtered ("\n");
8808 }
8809 \f
8810
8811 static struct bp_location *
8812 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8813 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8814 {
8815 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8816 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8817 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8818
8819 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8820 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8821
8822 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8823 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8824 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8825 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8826 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8827 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8828 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8829 sal->pc, b->type);
8830
8831 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8832 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8833 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
8834 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8835 ;
8836 loc->next = *tmp;
8837 *tmp = loc;
8838
8839 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8840 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8841 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8842 loc->probe = sal->probe;
8843 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8844 loc->section = sal->section;
8845 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8846 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8847 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
8848
8849 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8850 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8851 return loc;
8852 }
8853 \f
8854
8855 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8856 return 0 otherwise. */
8857
8858 static int
8859 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8860 {
8861 int len;
8862 CORE_ADDR addr;
8863 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8864 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8865 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8866 int retval = 0;
8867
8868 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8869
8870 addr = loc->address;
8871 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8872
8873 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8874 if (bpoint == NULL)
8875 return 0;
8876
8877 target_mem = alloca (len);
8878
8879 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8880 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8881 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8882 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8883
8884 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8885 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8886
8887 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8888 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8889 retval = 1;
8890
8891 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8892
8893 return retval;
8894 }
8895
8896 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8897 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8898
8899 static void
8900 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
8901 {
8902 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
8903 char *printf_line = NULL;
8904
8905 if (!dprintf_args)
8906 return;
8907
8908 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8909
8910 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8911 insist on it. */
8912 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
8913 ++dprintf_args;
8914 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
8915
8916 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
8917 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8918
8919 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
8920 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8921 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
8922 {
8923 if (!dprintf_function)
8924 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8925
8926 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
8927 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8928 dprintf_function,
8929 dprintf_channel,
8930 dprintf_args);
8931 else
8932 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8933 dprintf_function,
8934 dprintf_args);
8935 }
8936 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
8937 {
8938 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8939 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
8940 else
8941 {
8942 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8943 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
8944 }
8945 }
8946 else
8947 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
8948 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8949
8950 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
8951 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8952 {
8953 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line, *cont_cmd_line = NULL;
8954
8955 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) != 0)
8956 {
8957 cont_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8958 cont_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8959 cont_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8960 cont_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8961 cont_cmd_line->next = NULL;
8962 cont_cmd_line->line = xstrdup ("continue");
8963 }
8964
8965 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
8966 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
8967 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
8968 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
8969 printf_cmd_line->next = cont_cmd_line;
8970 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
8971
8972 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
8973 }
8974 }
8975
8976 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8977 current style settings. */
8978
8979 static void
8980 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
8981 struct cmd_list_element *c)
8982 {
8983 struct breakpoint *b;
8984
8985 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
8986 {
8987 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
8988 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
8989 }
8990 }
8991
8992 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8993 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8994 as condition expression. */
8995
8996 static void
8997 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8998 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8999 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9000 char *extra_string,
9001 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9002 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9003 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9004 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9005 int display_canonical)
9006 {
9007 int i;
9008
9009 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9010 {
9011 int target_resources_ok;
9012
9013 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9014 target_resources_ok =
9015 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9016 i + 1, 0);
9017 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9018 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9019 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9020 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9021 }
9022
9023 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9024
9025 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9026 {
9027 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9028 struct bp_location *loc;
9029
9030 if (from_tty)
9031 {
9032 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9033 if (!loc_gdbarch)
9034 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9035
9036 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9037 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9038 }
9039
9040 if (i == 0)
9041 {
9042 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9043 b->thread = thread;
9044 b->task = task;
9045
9046 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9047 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9048 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9049 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9050 b->disposition = disposition;
9051
9052 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9053 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9054
9055 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9056 {
9057 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9058 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9059
9060 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9061 {
9062 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9063 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9064 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9065 char *endp;
9066 char *marker_str;
9067
9068 p = skip_spaces (p);
9069
9070 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9071
9072 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9073 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9074
9075 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9076 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9077 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9078 }
9079 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9080 {
9081 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9082 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9083
9084 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9085 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
9086 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9087 }
9088 else
9089 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9090 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9091 }
9092
9093 loc = b->loc;
9094 }
9095 else
9096 {
9097 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9098 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9099 loc->inserted = 1;
9100 }
9101
9102 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9103 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
9104
9105 if (b->cond_string)
9106 {
9107 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9108
9109 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9110 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9111 if (*arg)
9112 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9113 }
9114
9115 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9116 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9117 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9118 {
9119 if (b->extra_string)
9120 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9121 else
9122 error (_("Format string required"));
9123 }
9124 else if (b->extra_string)
9125 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9126 }
9127
9128 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9129 if (addr_string)
9130 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9131 else
9132 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9133 me. */
9134 b->addr_string
9135 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9136 b->filter = filter;
9137 }
9138
9139 static void
9140 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9141 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9142 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9143 char *extra_string,
9144 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9145 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9146 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9147 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9148 int display_canonical)
9149 {
9150 struct breakpoint *b;
9151 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9152
9153 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9154 {
9155 struct tracepoint *t;
9156
9157 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9158 b = &t->base;
9159 }
9160 else
9161 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9162
9163 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9164
9165 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9166 sals, addr_string,
9167 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9168 type, disposition,
9169 thread, task, ignore_count,
9170 ops, from_tty,
9171 enabled, internal, flags,
9172 display_canonical);
9173 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9174
9175 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9176 }
9177
9178 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9179 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9180 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9181 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9182 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9183 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9184 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9185 we take just a single condition string.
9186
9187 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9188 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9189 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9190 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9191 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9192
9193 static void
9194 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9195 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9196 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9197 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9198 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9199 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9200 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9201 {
9202 int i;
9203 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9204
9205 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9206 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9207
9208 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9209 {
9210 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9211 'break', without arguments. */
9212 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9213 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9214 : NULL);
9215 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9216 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9217
9218 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9219 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9220 addr_string,
9221 filter_string,
9222 cond_string, extra_string,
9223 type, disposition,
9224 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9225 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9226 canonical->special_display);
9227 discard_cleanups (inner);
9228 }
9229 }
9230
9231 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9232 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9233 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9234 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9235
9236 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9237 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9238
9239 static void
9240 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9241 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9242 {
9243 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9244 breakpoint. */
9245 if ((*address) == NULL
9246 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9247 {
9248 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9249 address. */
9250 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9251 {
9252 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9253 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9254 CORE_ADDR pc;
9255
9256 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9257 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9258 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9259
9260 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9261 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9262 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9263 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9264 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9265 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9266 pc = sal.pc;
9267 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9268
9269 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9270 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9271 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9272 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9273 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9274 sal.pc = pc;
9275 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9276
9277 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9278 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9279 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9280
9281 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9282 }
9283 else
9284 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9285 }
9286 else
9287 {
9288 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9289
9290 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9291 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9292 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9293 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9294
9295 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9296 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9297 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9298 && (!cursal.symtab
9299 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9300 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9301 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9302 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9303 get_last_displayed_line (),
9304 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9305 else
9306 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9307 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9308 }
9309 }
9310
9311
9312 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9313 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9314
9315 static void
9316 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9317 {
9318 int i;
9319
9320 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9321 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9322 }
9323
9324 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9325 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9326 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9327 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9328 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9329 it, etc. */
9330
9331 static void
9332 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9333 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9334 {
9335 int i, rslt;
9336 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9337 char *msg;
9338 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9339
9340 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9341 {
9342 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9343
9344 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9345
9346 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9347 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9348 associated with SAL. */
9349 if (sarch == NULL)
9350 sarch = gdbarch;
9351 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9352 NULL, &msg);
9353 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9354
9355 if (!rslt)
9356 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9357 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9358
9359 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9360 }
9361 }
9362
9363 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9364
9365 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9366 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9367 {
9368 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9369 }
9370
9371 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9372 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9373 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9374 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9375 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9376 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9377
9378 static void
9379 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9380 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9381 char **rest)
9382 {
9383 *cond_string = NULL;
9384 *thread = -1;
9385 *task = 0;
9386 *rest = NULL;
9387
9388 while (tok && *tok)
9389 {
9390 const char *end_tok;
9391 int toklen;
9392 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9393 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9394
9395 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9396
9397 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9398 {
9399 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9400 return;
9401 }
9402
9403 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9404
9405 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9406
9407 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9408 {
9409 struct expression *expr;
9410
9411 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9412 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9413 xfree (expr);
9414 cond_end = tok;
9415 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9416 }
9417 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9418 {
9419 char *tmptok;
9420
9421 tok = end_tok + 1;
9422 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9423 if (tok == tmptok)
9424 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9425 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9426 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9427 tok = tmptok;
9428 }
9429 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9430 {
9431 char *tmptok;
9432
9433 tok = end_tok + 1;
9434 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9435 if (tok == tmptok)
9436 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9437 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9438 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9439 tok = tmptok;
9440 }
9441 else if (rest)
9442 {
9443 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9444 return;
9445 }
9446 else
9447 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9448 }
9449 }
9450
9451 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9452
9453 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9454 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9455 {
9456 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9457 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9458 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9459 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9460 char *endp;
9461 char *marker_str;
9462 int i;
9463
9464 p = skip_spaces (p);
9465
9466 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9467
9468 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9469 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9470
9471 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9472 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9473 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9474
9475 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9476 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9477
9478 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9479 {
9480 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9481
9482 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9483
9484 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9485
9486 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9487 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9488
9489 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9490 }
9491
9492 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9493
9494 *arg_p = endp;
9495 return sals;
9496 }
9497
9498 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9499 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9500 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9501 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9502 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9503 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9504 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9505 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9506 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9507 false otherwise. */
9508
9509 int
9510 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9511 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9512 int thread, char *extra_string,
9513 int parse_condition_and_thread,
9514 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9515 int ignore_count,
9516 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9517 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9518 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9519 unsigned flags)
9520 {
9521 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9522 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9523 char *addr_start = arg;
9524 struct linespec_result canonical;
9525 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9526 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9527 int pending = 0;
9528 int task = 0;
9529 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9530
9531 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9532
9533 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9534
9535 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9536 {
9537 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9538 addr_start, &copy_arg);
9539 }
9540
9541 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9542 switch (e.reason)
9543 {
9544 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
9545 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9546 return 0;
9547 break;
9548 case RETURN_ERROR:
9549 switch (e.error)
9550 {
9551 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9552
9553 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9554 error. */
9555
9556 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9557 throw_exception (e);
9558
9559 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9560
9561 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9562 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9563 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9564 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9565 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9566 return 0;
9567
9568 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9569 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9570 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9571 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9572 {
9573 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9574
9575 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
9576 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
9577 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9578 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
9579 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
9580 pending = 1;
9581 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
9582 }
9583 break;
9584 default:
9585 throw_exception (e);
9586 }
9587 break;
9588 default:
9589 throw_exception (e);
9590 }
9591
9592 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9593 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
9594
9595 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9596 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9597 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9598 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9599 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
9600
9601 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9602 are ok for the target. */
9603 if (!pending)
9604 {
9605 int ix;
9606 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9607
9608 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9609 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
9610 }
9611
9612 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9613 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
9614 {
9615 int ix;
9616 struct linespec_sals *iter;
9617
9618 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
9619 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
9620 }
9621
9622 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9623 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9624 breakpoint. */
9625 if (!pending)
9626 {
9627 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9628
9629 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
9630
9631 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9632 {
9633 char *rest;
9634 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9635 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9636 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9637 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9638
9639 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
9640 &thread, &task, &rest);
9641 if (cond_string)
9642 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9643 if (rest)
9644 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
9645 if (rest)
9646 extra_string = rest;
9647 }
9648 else
9649 {
9650 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9651 if (cond_string)
9652 {
9653 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9654 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9655 }
9656 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9657 if (extra_string)
9658 {
9659 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
9660 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
9661 }
9662 }
9663
9664 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
9665 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
9666 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
9667 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9668 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
9669 }
9670 else
9671 {
9672 struct breakpoint *b;
9673
9674 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
9675
9676 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
9677 {
9678 struct tracepoint *t;
9679
9680 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9681 b = &t->base;
9682 }
9683 else
9684 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9685
9686 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
9687
9688 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
9689 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
9690 b->cond_string = NULL;
9691 else
9692 {
9693 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9694 if (cond_string)
9695 {
9696 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
9697 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
9698 }
9699 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9700 }
9701 b->extra_string = NULL;
9702 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9703 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
9704 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
9705 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9706 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
9707 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
9708 b->pspace = current_program_space;
9709
9710 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9711 }
9712
9713 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
9714 {
9715 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9716 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9717 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
9718 }
9719
9720 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9721 breakpoint. */
9722 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
9723 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9724 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9725
9726 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9727 update_global_location_list (1);
9728
9729 return 1;
9730 }
9731
9732 /* Set a breakpoint.
9733 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9734 condition, and thread.
9735 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9736 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9737 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
9738
9739 static void
9740 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
9741 {
9742 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
9743 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9744 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9745 : bp_breakpoint);
9746 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
9747 const char *arg_cp = arg;
9748
9749 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9750 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
9751 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
9752 else
9753 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
9754
9755 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9756 arg,
9757 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9758 tempflag, type_wanted,
9759 0 /* Ignore count */,
9760 pending_break_support,
9761 ops,
9762 from_tty,
9763 1 /* enabled */,
9764 0 /* internal */,
9765 0);
9766 }
9767
9768 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9769
9770 void
9771 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9772 {
9773 CORE_ADDR pc;
9774
9775 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9776 {
9777 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
9778 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9779 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
9780 sal->pc = pc;
9781
9782 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9783 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9784 if (sal->explicit_line)
9785 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
9786 }
9787
9788 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
9789 {
9790 struct blockvector *bv;
9791 struct block *b;
9792 struct symbol *sym;
9793
9794 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
9795 if (bv != NULL)
9796 {
9797 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
9798 if (sym != NULL)
9799 {
9800 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
9801 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
9802 }
9803 else
9804 {
9805 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9806 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9807 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9808 happen in assembly source). */
9809
9810 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
9811 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9812
9813 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
9814
9815 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
9816 if (msym)
9817 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
9818
9819 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9820 }
9821 }
9822 }
9823 }
9824
9825 void
9826 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9827 {
9828 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9829 }
9830
9831 void
9832 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9833 {
9834 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
9835 }
9836
9837 static void
9838 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9839 {
9840 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
9841 }
9842
9843 static void
9844 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9845 {
9846 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
9847 }
9848
9849 static void
9850 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9851 {
9852 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9853 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9854 stop at <line>\n"));
9855 }
9856
9857 static void
9858 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9859 {
9860 int badInput = 0;
9861
9862 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
9863 badInput = 1;
9864 else if (*arg != '*')
9865 {
9866 char *argptr = arg;
9867 int hasColon = 0;
9868
9869 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9870 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9871 function/method name. */
9872 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9873 {
9874 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9875 argptr++;
9876 }
9877
9878 if (hasColon)
9879 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9880 else
9881 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9882 }
9883
9884 if (badInput)
9885 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9886 else
9887 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9888 }
9889
9890 static void
9891 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9892 {
9893 int badInput = 0;
9894
9895 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9896 badInput = 1;
9897 else
9898 {
9899 char *argptr = arg;
9900 int hasColon = 0;
9901
9902 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9903 it is probably a line number. */
9904 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9905 {
9906 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9907 argptr++;
9908 }
9909
9910 if (hasColon)
9911 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9912 else
9913 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9914 }
9915
9916 if (badInput)
9917 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9918 else
9919 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9920 }
9921
9922 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9923 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9924 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9925 line. */
9926
9927 static void
9928 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9929 {
9930 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9931 arg,
9932 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
9933 0, bp_dprintf,
9934 0 /* Ignore count */,
9935 pending_break_support,
9936 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
9937 from_tty,
9938 1 /* enabled */,
9939 0 /* internal */,
9940 0);
9941 }
9942
9943 static void
9944 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9945 {
9946 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9947 }
9948
9949 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9950 ranged breakpoints. */
9951
9952 static int
9953 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9954 struct address_space *aspace,
9955 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9956 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9957 {
9958 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9959 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9960 return 0;
9961
9962 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9963 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9964 }
9965
9966 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9967 ranged breakpoints. */
9968
9969 static int
9970 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9971 {
9972 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9973 }
9974
9975 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9976 ranged breakpoints. */
9977
9978 static enum print_stop_action
9979 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9980 {
9981 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9982 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9983 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9984
9985 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9986
9987 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9988 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9989
9990 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9991 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9992 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9993 else
9994 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9995 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9996 {
9997 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9998 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9999 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10000 }
10001 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10002 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10003
10004 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10005 }
10006
10007 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10008 ranged breakpoints. */
10009
10010 static void
10011 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10012 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10013 {
10014 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10015 struct value_print_options opts;
10016 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10017
10018 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10019 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10020
10021 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10022
10023 if (opts.addressprint)
10024 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10025 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10026 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10027 annotate_field (5);
10028 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10029 *last_loc = bl;
10030 }
10031
10032 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10033 ranged breakpoints. */
10034
10035 static void
10036 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10037 struct ui_out *uiout)
10038 {
10039 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10040 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10041 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10042 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10043
10044 gdb_assert (bl);
10045
10046 address_start = bl->address;
10047 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10048
10049 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10050 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10051 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10052 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10053 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10054 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10055
10056 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10057 }
10058
10059 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10060 ranged breakpoints. */
10061
10062 static void
10063 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10064 {
10065 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10066 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10067
10068 gdb_assert (bl);
10069 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10070
10071 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10072 return;
10073
10074 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10075 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10076 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10077 }
10078
10079 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10080 ranged breakpoints. */
10081
10082 static void
10083 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10084 {
10085 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10086 b->addr_string_range_end);
10087 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10088 }
10089
10090 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10091
10092 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10093
10094 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10095 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10096 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10097 last instruction of the given line. */
10098
10099 static CORE_ADDR
10100 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10101 {
10102 CORE_ADDR end;
10103
10104 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10105 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10106 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10107 end = sal.pc;
10108 else
10109 {
10110 int ret;
10111 CORE_ADDR start;
10112
10113 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10114 if (!ret)
10115 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10116
10117 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10118 end--;
10119 }
10120
10121 return end;
10122 }
10123
10124 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10125
10126 static void
10127 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10128 {
10129 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10130 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10131 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10132 CORE_ADDR end;
10133 struct breakpoint *b;
10134 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10135 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10136 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10137
10138 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10139 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10140 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10141
10142 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10143 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10144 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10145 bp_count, 0);
10146 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10147 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10148
10149 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10150 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10151 error(_("No address range specified."));
10152
10153 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10154
10155 arg_start = arg;
10156 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10157
10158 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10159
10160 if (arg[0] != ',')
10161 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10162 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10163 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10164
10165 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10166
10167 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10168 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10169 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10170
10171 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10172 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10173 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10174
10175 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10176 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10177
10178 /* Parse the end location. */
10179
10180 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10181 arg_start = arg;
10182
10183 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10184 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10185 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10186 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10187 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10188 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10189 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10190 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10191
10192 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10193
10194 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10195 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10196
10197 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10198 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10199 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10200 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10201
10202 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10203 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10204 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10205
10206 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10207 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10208 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10209
10210 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10211 if (length < 0)
10212 /* Length overflowed. */
10213 error (_("Address range too large."));
10214 else if (length == 1)
10215 {
10216 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10217 the `hbreak' command. */
10218 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10219
10220 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10221
10222 return;
10223 }
10224
10225 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10226 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10227 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10228 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10229 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10230 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10231 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10232 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10233 b->loc->length = length;
10234
10235 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10236
10237 mention (b);
10238 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10239 update_global_location_list (1);
10240 }
10241
10242 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10243 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10244 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10245 zero. */
10246
10247 static int
10248 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10249 {
10250 int i = exp->nelts;
10251
10252 while (i > 0)
10253 {
10254 int oplenp, argsp;
10255
10256 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10257 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10258 i -= oplenp;
10259
10260 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10261 {
10262 case BINOP_ADD:
10263 case BINOP_SUB:
10264 case BINOP_MUL:
10265 case BINOP_DIV:
10266 case BINOP_REM:
10267 case BINOP_MOD:
10268 case BINOP_LSH:
10269 case BINOP_RSH:
10270 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10271 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10272 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10273 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10274 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10275 case BINOP_EQUAL:
10276 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10277 case BINOP_LESS:
10278 case BINOP_GTR:
10279 case BINOP_LEQ:
10280 case BINOP_GEQ:
10281 case BINOP_REPEAT:
10282 case BINOP_COMMA:
10283 case BINOP_EXP:
10284 case BINOP_MIN:
10285 case BINOP_MAX:
10286 case BINOP_INTDIV:
10287 case BINOP_CONCAT:
10288 case BINOP_IN:
10289 case BINOP_RANGE:
10290 case TERNOP_COND:
10291 case TERNOP_SLICE:
10292
10293 case OP_LONG:
10294 case OP_DOUBLE:
10295 case OP_DECFLOAT:
10296 case OP_LAST:
10297 case OP_COMPLEX:
10298 case OP_STRING:
10299 case OP_ARRAY:
10300 case OP_TYPE:
10301 case OP_TYPEOF:
10302 case OP_DECLTYPE:
10303 case OP_NAME:
10304 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10305
10306 case UNOP_NEG:
10307 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10308 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10309 case UNOP_ADDR:
10310 case UNOP_HIGH:
10311 case UNOP_CAST:
10312
10313 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10314 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10315 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10316 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10317 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10318 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10319 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10320
10321 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10322 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10323 ADDR is. */
10324 break;
10325
10326 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
10327 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10328
10329 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10330 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10331 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10332 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10333
10334 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10335 are always constant. */
10336 {
10337 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10338
10339 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10340 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10341 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10342 return 0;
10343 break;
10344 }
10345
10346 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10347 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10348 then it is not a constant. */
10349 default:
10350 return 0;
10351 }
10352 }
10353
10354 return 1;
10355 }
10356
10357 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10358
10359 static void
10360 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10361 {
10362 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10363
10364 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10365 xfree (w->exp);
10366 xfree (w->exp_string);
10367 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10368 value_free (w->val);
10369
10370 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10371 }
10372
10373 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10374
10375 static void
10376 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10377 {
10378 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10379
10380 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10381 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10382
10383 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10384 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10385 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10386 are loaded and unloaded.
10387
10388 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10389 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10390 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10391 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10392 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10393 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10394
10395 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10396 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10397 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10398 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10399
10400 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10401 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10402
10403 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10404 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10405 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10406 }
10407
10408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10409
10410 static int
10411 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10412 {
10413 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10414 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10415
10416 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10417 w->cond_exp);
10418 }
10419
10420 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10421
10422 static int
10423 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10424 {
10425 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10426 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10427
10428 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10429 w->cond_exp);
10430 }
10431
10432 static int
10433 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10434 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10435 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10436 {
10437 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10438 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10439
10440 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10441 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10442 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10443 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10444 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10445 (did not match the data address). */
10446 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10447 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10448 return 0;
10449
10450 return 1;
10451 }
10452
10453 static void
10454 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10455 {
10456 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10457
10458 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10459 }
10460
10461 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10462 hardware watchpoints. */
10463
10464 static int
10465 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10466 {
10467 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10468 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10469
10470 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10471 }
10472
10473 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10474 hardware watchpoints. */
10475
10476 static int
10477 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10478 {
10479 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10480 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10481 }
10482
10483 static enum print_stop_action
10484 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10485 {
10486 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10487 struct breakpoint *b;
10488 const struct bp_location *bl;
10489 struct ui_file *stb;
10490 enum print_stop_action result;
10491 struct watchpoint *w;
10492 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10493
10494 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10495
10496 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
10497 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10498 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10499
10500 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10501 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10502
10503 switch (b->type)
10504 {
10505 case bp_watchpoint:
10506 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10507 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10508 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10509 ui_out_field_string
10510 (uiout, "reason",
10511 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10512 mention (b);
10513 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10514 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10515 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10516 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10517 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10518 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10519 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10520 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10521 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10522 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10523 break;
10524
10525 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10526 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10527 ui_out_field_string
10528 (uiout, "reason",
10529 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10530 mention (b);
10531 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10532 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10533 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10534 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10535 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10536 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10537 break;
10538
10539 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10540 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10541 {
10542 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10543 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10544 ui_out_field_string
10545 (uiout, "reason",
10546 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10547 mention (b);
10548 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10550 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10551 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10552 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10553 }
10554 else
10555 {
10556 mention (b);
10557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10558 ui_out_field_string
10559 (uiout, "reason",
10560 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10561 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10562 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10563 }
10564 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10565 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10566 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10567 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10568 break;
10569 default:
10570 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10571 }
10572
10573 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10574 return result;
10575 }
10576
10577 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10578 watchpoints. */
10579
10580 static void
10581 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10582 {
10583 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10584 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10585 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10586
10587 switch (b->type)
10588 {
10589 case bp_watchpoint:
10590 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
10591 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10592 break;
10593 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10594 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10595 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10596 break;
10597 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10598 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10599 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10600 break;
10601 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10602 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10603 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10604 break;
10605 default:
10606 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10607 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10608 }
10609
10610 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10611 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10612 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10613 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10614 }
10615
10616 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10617 watchpoints. */
10618
10619 static void
10620 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10621 {
10622 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10623
10624 switch (b->type)
10625 {
10626 case bp_watchpoint:
10627 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10628 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10629 break;
10630 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10632 break;
10633 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10635 break;
10636 default:
10637 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10638 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10639 }
10640
10641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
10642 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10643 }
10644
10645 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10646
10647 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10648
10649 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10650 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10651
10652 static int
10653 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10654 {
10655 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10656
10657 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10658 bl->watchpoint_type);
10659 }
10660
10661 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10662 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10663
10664 static int
10665 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10666 {
10667 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10668
10669 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
10670 bl->watchpoint_type);
10671 }
10672
10673 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10674 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10675
10676 static int
10677 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10678 {
10679 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10680
10681 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
10682 }
10683
10684 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10685 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10686
10687 static int
10688 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10689 {
10690 return 0;
10691 }
10692
10693 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10695
10696 static enum print_stop_action
10697 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10698 {
10699 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10700 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10701
10702 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10703 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10704
10705 switch (b->type)
10706 {
10707 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10708 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10710 ui_out_field_string
10711 (uiout, "reason",
10712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10713 break;
10714
10715 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10716 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10717 ui_out_field_string
10718 (uiout, "reason",
10719 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10720 break;
10721
10722 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10723 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10724 ui_out_field_string
10725 (uiout, "reason",
10726 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10727 break;
10728 default:
10729 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10730 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10731 }
10732
10733 mention (b);
10734 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
10735 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10736 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10737 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10738
10739 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10740 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10741 }
10742
10743 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10744 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10745
10746 static void
10747 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10748 struct ui_out *uiout)
10749 {
10750 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10751
10752 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10753 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
10754
10755 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
10756 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
10757 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10758 }
10759
10760 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10761 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10762
10763 static void
10764 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10765 {
10766 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10767 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10768 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
10769
10770 switch (b->type)
10771 {
10772 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10773 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10774 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
10775 break;
10776 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10777 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10778 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
10779 break;
10780 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10781 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10782 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
10783 break;
10784 default:
10785 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10786 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10787 }
10788
10789 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
10790 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
10791 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
10792 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
10793 }
10794
10795 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10796 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10797
10798 static void
10799 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10800 {
10801 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10802 char tmp[40];
10803
10804 switch (b->type)
10805 {
10806 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10807 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
10808 break;
10809 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
10811 break;
10812 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
10814 break;
10815 default:
10816 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
10817 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10818 }
10819
10820 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
10821 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
10822 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10823 }
10824
10825 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10826
10827 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10828
10829 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10830
10831 static int
10832 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10833 {
10834 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
10835 }
10836
10837 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10838 hw_read: watch read,
10839 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10840 static void
10841 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
10842 int just_location, int internal)
10843 {
10844 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
10845 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
10846 struct expression *exp;
10847 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
10848 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
10849 struct frame_info *frame;
10850 const char *exp_start = NULL;
10851 const char *exp_end = NULL;
10852 const char *tok, *end_tok;
10853 int toklen = -1;
10854 const char *cond_start = NULL;
10855 const char *cond_end = NULL;
10856 enum bptype bp_type;
10857 int thread = -1;
10858 int pc = 0;
10859 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10860 the hardware watchpoint. */
10861 int use_mask = 0;
10862 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
10863 struct watchpoint *w;
10864 char *expression;
10865 struct cleanup *back_to;
10866
10867 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10868 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
10869 {
10870 const char *value_start;
10871
10872 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
10873
10874 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10875 of the arguments string. */
10876 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
10877 {
10878 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10879 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10880 tok--;
10881
10882 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10883 This is the value of the parameter. */
10884 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10885 tok--;
10886 value_start = tok + 1;
10887
10888 /* Skip whitespace. */
10889 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
10890 tok--;
10891
10892 end_tok = tok;
10893
10894 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10895 This is the parameter itself. */
10896 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
10897 tok--;
10898 tok++;
10899 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
10900
10901 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10902 {
10903 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10904 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10905 only in a specific thread. */
10906 char *endp;
10907
10908 if (thread != -1)
10909 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10910
10911 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10912 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10913
10914 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10915 thread ID. */
10916 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10917 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10918
10919 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10920 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10921 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
10922 }
10923 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10924 {
10925 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10926 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10927 facility. */
10928 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10929
10930 if (use_mask)
10931 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10932
10933 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10934
10935 mark = value_mark ();
10936 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10937 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10938 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10939 }
10940 else
10941 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10942 break;
10943
10944 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10945 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10946 exp_end = tok;
10947 }
10948 }
10949 else
10950 exp_end = arg;
10951
10952 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10953 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10954 ARG. */
10955 innermost_block = NULL;
10956 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
10957 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
10958 exp_start = arg = expression;
10959 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
10960 exp_end = arg;
10961 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10962 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10963 prettier. */
10964 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10965 --exp_end;
10966
10967 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10968 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10969 {
10970 int len;
10971
10972 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10973 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10974 len--;
10975 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10976 }
10977
10978 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10979 mark = value_mark ();
10980 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10981
10982 if (just_location)
10983 {
10984 int ret;
10985
10986 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10987 val = value_addr (result);
10988 release_value (val);
10989 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10990
10991 if (use_mask)
10992 {
10993 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10994 mask);
10995 if (ret == -1)
10996 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10997 else if (ret == -2)
10998 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10999 }
11000 }
11001 else if (val != NULL)
11002 release_value (val);
11003
11004 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11005 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11006
11007 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11008 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11009 {
11010 struct expression *cond;
11011
11012 innermost_block = NULL;
11013 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11014 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11015
11016 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11017 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11018 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11019
11020 xfree (cond);
11021 cond_end = tok;
11022 }
11023 if (*tok)
11024 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11025
11026 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11027 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11028 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11029 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11030 else
11031 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11032
11033 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11034
11035 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11036 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11037 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11038 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11039 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11040 {
11041 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11042 {
11043 scope_breakpoint
11044 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11045 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11046 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11047 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11048
11049 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11050
11051 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11052 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11053
11054 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11055 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11056
11057 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11058 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11059 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11060 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11061 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11062 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11063 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11064 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11065 scope_breakpoint->type);
11066 }
11067 }
11068
11069 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11070
11071 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11072 b = &w->base;
11073 if (use_mask)
11074 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11075 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11076 else
11077 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11078 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11079 b->thread = thread;
11080 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11081 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11082 w->exp = exp;
11083 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11084 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11085 if (just_location)
11086 {
11087 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11088 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11089 char *name;
11090
11091 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11092 name = type_to_string (t);
11093
11094 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11095 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11096 xfree (name);
11097
11098 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11099 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11100
11101 /* The above expression is in C. */
11102 b->language = language_c;
11103 }
11104 else
11105 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11106
11107 if (use_mask)
11108 {
11109 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11110 }
11111 else
11112 {
11113 w->val = val;
11114 w->val_valid = 1;
11115 }
11116
11117 if (cond_start)
11118 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11119 else
11120 b->cond_string = 0;
11121
11122 if (frame)
11123 {
11124 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11125 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11126 }
11127 else
11128 {
11129 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11130 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11131 }
11132
11133 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11134 {
11135 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11136 need to act on them together. */
11137 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11138 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11139 }
11140
11141 if (!just_location)
11142 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11143
11144 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11145 {
11146 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11147 that should be inserted. */
11148 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11149 }
11150 if (e.reason < 0)
11151 {
11152 delete_breakpoint (b);
11153 throw_exception (e);
11154 }
11155
11156 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11157 do_cleanups (back_to);
11158 }
11159
11160 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11161 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11162
11163 static int
11164 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11165 {
11166 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11167 struct value *head = v;
11168
11169 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11170 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11171 return 0;
11172
11173 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11174 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11175 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11176 hardware watchpoint.
11177
11178 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11179 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11180 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11181 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11182 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11183 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11184 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11185 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11186 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11187
11188 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11189 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11190 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11191 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11192 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11193 {
11194 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11195 {
11196 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11197 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11198 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11199 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11200 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11201 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11202 ;
11203 else
11204 {
11205 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11206 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11207 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11208
11209 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11210 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11211 middle of some value chain. */
11212 if (v == head
11213 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11214 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11215 {
11216 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11217 int len;
11218 int num_regs;
11219
11220 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11221 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11222 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11223
11224 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11225 if (!num_regs)
11226 return 0;
11227 else
11228 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11229 }
11230 }
11231 }
11232 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11233 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11234 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11235 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11236 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11237 }
11238
11239 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11240 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11241 return found_memory_cnt;
11242 }
11243
11244 void
11245 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11246 {
11247 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11248 }
11249
11250 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11251 calls watch_command_1. */
11252
11253 static void
11254 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11255 {
11256 int just_location = 0;
11257
11258 if (arg
11259 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11260 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11261 {
11262 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11263 just_location = 1;
11264 }
11265
11266 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11267 }
11268
11269 static void
11270 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11271 {
11272 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11273 }
11274
11275 void
11276 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11277 {
11278 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11279 }
11280
11281 static void
11282 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11283 {
11284 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11285 }
11286
11287 void
11288 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11289 {
11290 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11291 }
11292
11293 static void
11294 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11295 {
11296 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11297 }
11298 \f
11299
11300 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11301 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11302
11303 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11304 {
11305 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11306 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11307 int thread_num;
11308 };
11309
11310 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11311 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11312 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11313 command. */
11314 static void
11315 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11316 {
11317 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11318
11319 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11320 if (a->breakpoint2)
11321 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11322 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11323 }
11324
11325 void
11326 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11327 {
11328 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11329 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11330 struct frame_info *frame;
11331 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11332 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11333 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11334 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11335 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11336 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11337 int thread;
11338 struct thread_info *tp;
11339
11340 clear_proceed_status ();
11341
11342 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11343 this function. */
11344
11345 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11346 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11347 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11348 get_last_displayed_line ());
11349 else
11350 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11351 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11352
11353 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11354 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11355
11356 sal = sals.sals[0];
11357 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11358
11359 if (*arg)
11360 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11361
11362 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11363
11364 tp = inferior_thread ();
11365 thread = tp->num;
11366
11367 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11368
11369 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11370 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11371 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11372 that. */
11373
11374 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11375 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11376 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11377 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11378
11379 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11380 one. */
11381
11382 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11383 {
11384 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11385
11386 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11387 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11388 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11389 sal2,
11390 caller_frame_id,
11391 bp_until);
11392 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11393
11394 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11395 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11396 }
11397
11398 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11399 frame = NULL;
11400
11401 if (anywhere)
11402 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11403 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11404 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11405 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11406 else
11407 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11408 only at the very same frame. */
11409 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11410 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11411 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11412
11413 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11414
11415 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11416 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11417 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11418 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11419
11420 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11421 {
11422 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11423 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11424
11425 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11426 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11427 args->thread_num = thread;
11428
11429 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11430 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11431 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11432 xfree);
11433 }
11434 else
11435 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11436 }
11437
11438 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11439 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11440
11441 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11442 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11443 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11444 if clause in the arg string. */
11445
11446 static char *
11447 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11448 {
11449 char *cond_string;
11450
11451 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11452 return NULL;
11453
11454 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11455 (*arg) += 2;
11456
11457 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11458 condition string. */
11459 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11460 cond_string = *arg;
11461
11462 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11463 string. */
11464 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11465
11466 return cond_string;
11467 }
11468
11469 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11470 process start/exit, etc. */
11471
11472 typedef enum
11473 {
11474 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11475 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11476 }
11477 catch_fork_kind;
11478
11479 static void
11480 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11481 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11482 {
11483 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11484 char *cond_string = NULL;
11485 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11486 int tempflag;
11487
11488 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11489 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11490 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11491
11492 if (!arg)
11493 arg = "";
11494 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11495
11496 /* The allowed syntax is:
11497 catch [v]fork
11498 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11499
11500 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11501 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11502
11503 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11504 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11505
11506 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11507 and enable reporting of such events. */
11508 switch (fork_kind)
11509 {
11510 case catch_fork_temporary:
11511 case catch_fork_permanent:
11512 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11513 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11514 break;
11515 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11516 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11517 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11518 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11519 break;
11520 default:
11521 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11522 break;
11523 }
11524 }
11525
11526 static void
11527 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11528 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11529 {
11530 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11531 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11532 int tempflag;
11533 char *cond_string = NULL;
11534
11535 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11536
11537 if (!arg)
11538 arg = "";
11539 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11540
11541 /* The allowed syntax is:
11542 catch exec
11543 catch exec if <cond>
11544
11545 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11546 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11547
11548 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11549 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11550
11551 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
11552 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11553 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
11554 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
11555
11556 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
11557 }
11558
11559 static enum print_stop_action
11560 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
11561 {
11562 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11563 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11564 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
11565
11566 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
11567
11568 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11569 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
11570 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
11571 b->loc->address,
11572 b->number, 1);
11573 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11574 ui_out_text (uiout,
11575 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
11576 : "Catchpoint ");
11577 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11578 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11579 ui_out_text (uiout,
11580 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
11581 : " (exception caught), ");
11582 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11583 {
11584 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
11585 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
11586 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
11587 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11588 }
11589 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
11590 }
11591
11592 static void
11593 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11594 struct bp_location **last_loc)
11595 {
11596 struct value_print_options opts;
11597 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11598
11599 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11600 if (opts.addressprint)
11601 {
11602 annotate_field (4);
11603 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
11604 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11605 else
11606 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
11607 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
11608 }
11609 annotate_field (5);
11610 if (b->loc)
11611 *last_loc = b->loc;
11612 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
11613 {
11614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
11615 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11616 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "throw");
11617 }
11618 else
11619 {
11620 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
11621 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11622 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "catch");
11623 }
11624 }
11625
11626 static void
11627 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11628 {
11629 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11630 int bp_temp;
11631 int bp_throw;
11632
11633 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11634 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11635 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11636 : _("Catchpoint "));
11637 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
11638 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
11639 : _(" (catch)"));
11640 }
11641
11642 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11643 catch catchpoints. */
11644
11645 static void
11646 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11647 struct ui_file *fp)
11648 {
11649 int bp_temp;
11650 int bp_throw;
11651
11652 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
11653 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
11654 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11655 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
11656 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11657 }
11658
11659 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
11660
11661 static int
11662 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
11663 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
11664 {
11665 char *trigger_func_name;
11666
11667 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11668 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
11669 else
11670 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
11671
11672 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11673 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1, NULL,
11674 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11675 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
11676 0,
11677 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
11678 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
11679 1 /* enabled */,
11680 0 /* internal */,
11681 0);
11682
11683 return 1;
11684 }
11685
11686 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11687
11688 static void
11689 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
11690 int tempflag, int from_tty)
11691 {
11692 char *cond_string = NULL;
11693
11694 if (!arg)
11695 arg = "";
11696 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11697
11698 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11699
11700 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11701 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11702
11703 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
11704 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
11705 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11706
11707 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
11708 return;
11709
11710 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11711 }
11712
11713 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11714
11715 static void
11716 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11717 {
11718 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11719
11720 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11721 }
11722
11723 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11724
11725 static void
11726 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
11727 {
11728 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11729
11730 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
11731 }
11732
11733 void
11734 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
11735 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11736 struct symtab_and_line sal,
11737 char *addr_string,
11738 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
11739 int tempflag,
11740 int from_tty)
11741 {
11742 if (from_tty)
11743 {
11744 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
11745 if (!loc_gdbarch)
11746 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
11747
11748 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
11749 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
11750 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11751 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11752 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11753 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11754 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11755 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11756 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11757 enough for now, though. */
11758 }
11759
11760 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
11761
11762 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11763 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
11764 b->addr_string = addr_string;
11765 b->language = language_ada;
11766 }
11767
11768 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11769 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11770 static VEC(int) *
11771 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
11772 {
11773 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
11774 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
11775
11776 while (*arg != '\0')
11777 {
11778 int i, syscall_number;
11779 char *endptr;
11780 char cur_name[128];
11781 struct syscall s;
11782
11783 /* Skip whitespace. */
11784 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11785
11786 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
11787 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
11788 cur_name[i] = '\0';
11789 arg += i;
11790
11791 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11792 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
11793 if (*endptr == '\0')
11794 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
11795 else
11796 {
11797 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11798 to a number. */
11799 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
11800
11801 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
11802 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11803 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11804 syscall number to be caught. */
11805 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
11806 }
11807
11808 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11809 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
11810 }
11811
11812 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
11813 return result;
11814 }
11815
11816 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11817
11818 static void
11819 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11820 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11821 {
11822 int tempflag;
11823 VEC(int) *filter;
11824 struct syscall s;
11825 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11826
11827 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11828 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
11829 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11830 this architecture yet."));
11831
11832 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11833
11834 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11835
11836 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11837 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11838 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11839 for his/her architecture. */
11840 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
11841
11842 /* The allowed syntax is:
11843 catch syscall
11844 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11845
11846 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11847
11848 if (arg != NULL)
11849 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
11850 else
11851 filter = NULL;
11852
11853 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
11854 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
11855 }
11856
11857 static void
11858 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11859 {
11860 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11861 }
11862 \f
11863
11864 static void
11865 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11866 {
11867 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11868 }
11869
11870 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11871
11872 static int
11873 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
11874 {
11875 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
11876 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
11877 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
11878 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
11879
11880 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
11881 return -1;
11882 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
11883 return 1;
11884
11885 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11886 the number 0. */
11887 if (ua < ub)
11888 return -1;
11889 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
11890 }
11891
11892 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11893
11894 static void
11895 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11896 {
11897 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
11898 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
11899 int ix;
11900 int default_match;
11901 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11902 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11903 int i;
11904 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11905
11906 if (arg)
11907 {
11908 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
11909 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11910 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11911 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11912 default_match = 0;
11913 }
11914 else
11915 {
11916 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11917 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11918 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11919 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11920
11921 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11922 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11923 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11924 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11925 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11926 error (_("No source file specified."));
11927
11928 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11929 sals.nelts = 1;
11930
11931 default_match = 1;
11932 }
11933
11934 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11935 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11936 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11937 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11938
11939 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11940 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11941 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11942 due to optimization, all in one block.
11943
11944 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11945 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11946 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11947 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11948 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11949 to support that. */
11950
11951 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11952 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11953 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11954 breakpoint. */
11955
11956 found = NULL;
11957 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11958 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11959 {
11960 const char *sal_fullname;
11961
11962 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11963 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11964 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11965 or at default pc.
11966
11967 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11968
11969 0 1 pc
11970 1 1 pc _and_ line
11971 0 0 line
11972 1 0 <can't happen> */
11973
11974 sal = sals.sals[i];
11975 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
11976 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
11977
11978 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11980 {
11981 int match = 0;
11982 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11983 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11984 {
11985 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11986 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11987 {
11988 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11989 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11990 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11991 && sal.pc
11992 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11993 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11994 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11995 || loc->section == sal.section));
11996 int line_match = 0;
11997
11998 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11999 && loc->symtab != NULL
12000 && sal_fullname != NULL
12001 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12002 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12003 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12004 sal_fullname) == 0)
12005 line_match = 1;
12006
12007 if (pc_match || line_match)
12008 {
12009 match = 1;
12010 break;
12011 }
12012 }
12013 }
12014
12015 if (match)
12016 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12017 }
12018 }
12019
12020 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12021 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12022 {
12023 if (arg)
12024 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12025 else
12026 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12027 }
12028
12029 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12030 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12031 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12032 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12033 compare_breakpoints);
12034 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12035 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12036 {
12037 if (b == prev)
12038 {
12039 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12040 --ix;
12041 }
12042 }
12043
12044 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12045 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12046 if (from_tty)
12047 {
12048 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12049 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12050 else
12051 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12052 }
12053
12054 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12055 {
12056 if (from_tty)
12057 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12058 delete_breakpoint (b);
12059 }
12060 if (from_tty)
12061 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12062
12063 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12064 }
12065 \f
12066 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12067 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12068 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12069
12070 void
12071 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12072 {
12073 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12074
12075 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12076 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12077 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12078 && bs->stop)
12079 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12080
12081 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12082 {
12083 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12084 delete_breakpoint (b);
12085 }
12086 }
12087
12088 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12089 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12090 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12091 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12092 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12093 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12094
12095 static int
12096 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12097 {
12098 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12099 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12100 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12101 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12102 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
12103
12104 if (a->address != b->address)
12105 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12106
12107 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12108 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12109 grouped. */
12110
12111 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12112 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12113 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12114
12115 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12116 if (a_perm != b_perm)
12117 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
12118
12119 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12120 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12121 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12122
12123 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12124 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12125 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12126
12127 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12128 }
12129
12130 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12131 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12132 content of the bp_location array. */
12133
12134 static void
12135 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12136 {
12137 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12138
12139 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12140 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12141
12142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12143 {
12144 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12145
12146 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12147 continue;
12148
12149 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12150 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12151
12152 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12153 addr = bl->address - start;
12154 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12155 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12156
12157 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12158
12159 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12160 addr = end - bl->address;
12161 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12162 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12163 }
12164 }
12165
12166 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12167
12168 static void
12169 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12170 {
12171 struct breakpoint *b;
12172 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12173
12174 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12175 return;
12176
12177 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12178
12179 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12180 {
12181 struct bp_location *bl;
12182 struct tracepoint *t;
12183 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12184
12185 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12186 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12187 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12188 continue;
12189
12190 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12191 {
12192 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12193 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12194 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12195 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12196 continue;
12197
12198 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12199
12200 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12201
12202 bl->inserted = 1;
12203 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12204 }
12205 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12206 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12207 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12208 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12209 }
12210
12211 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12212 }
12213
12214 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12215
12216 static void
12217 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12218 {
12219 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12220 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12221 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12222 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12223
12224 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12225 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12226 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12227 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12228 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12229
12230 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12231 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12232 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12233 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12234 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12235 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12236 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12237 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12238 }
12239
12240 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12241 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12242 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12243 the target. */
12244
12245 static void
12246 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12247 {
12248 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12249 struct bp_location *loc;
12250 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12251 int pspace_num;
12252
12253 address = bl->address;
12254 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12255
12256 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12257 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12258 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12259 side. */
12260 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12261 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12262 return;
12263
12264 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12265 the same program space as the location
12266 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12267 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12268 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12269 {
12270 loc = *loc2p;
12271
12272 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12273 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12274 continue;
12275
12276 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12277 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12278 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12279 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12280 that have already been marked. */
12281 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12282
12283 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12284 it later on. */
12285 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12286 {
12287 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12288 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12289 }
12290 }
12291 }
12292
12293 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12294 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12295 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12296 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12297 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12298 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12299 returns true on them.
12300
12301 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12302 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12303 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12304 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12305 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12306 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12307
12308 static void
12309 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
12310 {
12311 struct breakpoint *b;
12312 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12313 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12314 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12315 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12316 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12317 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12318
12319 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12320 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12321 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12322 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12323 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12324 once. */
12325 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12326 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12327 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12328 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12329
12330 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12331 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12332 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12333 unsigned old_location_count;
12334
12335 old_location = bp_location;
12336 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12337 bp_location = NULL;
12338 bp_location_count = 0;
12339 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12340
12341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12342 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12343 bp_location_count++;
12344
12345 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12346 locp = bp_location;
12347 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12348 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12349 *locp++ = loc;
12350 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12351 bp_location_compare);
12352
12353 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12354
12355 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12356 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12357 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12358 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12359 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12360 location.
12361
12362 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12363 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12364
12365 locp = bp_location;
12366 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12367 old_locp++)
12368 {
12369 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12370 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12371
12372 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12373 not, we have to free it. */
12374 int found_object = 0;
12375 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12376 int keep_in_target = 0;
12377 int removed = 0;
12378
12379 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12380 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12381 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12382 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12383 locp++;
12384
12385 for (loc2p = locp;
12386 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12387 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12388 loc2p++)
12389 {
12390 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12391 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12392 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12393 place there. */
12394 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12395 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12396 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12397 {
12398 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12399 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12400 }
12401
12402 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12403 found_object = 1;
12404 }
12405
12406 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12407 have to go through updates again. */
12408 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12409
12410 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12411 if (!found_object)
12412 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12413
12414 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12415 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12416 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12417 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12418 at certain location is not inserted. */
12419
12420 if (old_loc->inserted)
12421 {
12422 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12423 it. */
12424
12425 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12426 {
12427 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12428 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12429 keep_in_target = 1;
12430 }
12431 else
12432 {
12433 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12434 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12435 remove its target-side condition. */
12436
12437 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12438 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12439 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12440 this one from the target. */
12441
12442 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12443 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12444 {
12445 for (loc2p = locp;
12446 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12447 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12448 loc2p++)
12449 {
12450 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12451
12452 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12453 {
12454 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12455 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12456 supported, but the latter are. */
12457 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12458 {
12459 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12460 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12461 }
12462
12463 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12464 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12465 unduplicated. */
12466 if (loc2 != old_loc
12467 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12468 {
12469 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12470 keep_in_target = 1;
12471 break;
12472 }
12473 }
12474 }
12475 }
12476 }
12477
12478 if (!keep_in_target)
12479 {
12480 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12481 {
12482 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12483 this location on the global list, and try to
12484 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12485 reason why we will succeed next time.
12486
12487 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12488 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12489 only after calling us. */
12490 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12491 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12492 old_loc->owner->number);
12493 }
12494 removed = 1;
12495 }
12496 }
12497
12498 if (!found_object)
12499 {
12500 if (removed && non_stop
12501 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12502 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12503 {
12504 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12505 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12506 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12507 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12508 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12509 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12510 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12511 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12512 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12513 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12514 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12515 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12516 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12517 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12518 SIGTRAP.
12519
12520 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12521 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12522
12523 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12524 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12525 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12526 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12527 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12528 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12529 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12530 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12531 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12532 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12533 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12534 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12535 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12536 thread_count.
12537
12538 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12539 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12540 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12541 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12542
12543 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12544 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12545 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12546 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12547 traps we can no longer explain. */
12548
12549 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12550 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12551
12552 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12553 }
12554 else
12555 {
12556 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12557 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12558 }
12559 }
12560 }
12561
12562 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12563 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12564 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12565 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12566 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12567 are sorted first for the same address.
12568
12569 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12570 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12571
12572 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12573 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12574 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12575 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12576 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12577 {
12578 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12579 non-NULL. */
12580 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12581 b = loc->owner;
12582
12583 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12584 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12585 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12586 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12587 `struct bp_location'. */
12588 || is_tracepoint (b))
12589 {
12590 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12591 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12592 continue;
12593 }
12594
12595 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12596 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12597 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12598 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12599 "actually inserted"));
12600
12601 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12602 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12603 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12604 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12605 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12606 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12607 else
12608 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12609
12610 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12611 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12612 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12613 {
12614 *loc_first_p = loc;
12615 loc->duplicate = 0;
12616
12617 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12618 {
12619 loc->needs_update = 1;
12620 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12621 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12622 }
12623 continue;
12624 }
12625
12626
12627 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12628 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12629 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12630 if (loc->inserted)
12631 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12632 loc->duplicate = 1;
12633
12634 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12635 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12636
12637 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
12638 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
12639 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12640 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12641 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12642 }
12643
12644 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12645 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12646 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12647 {
12648 if (should_insert)
12649 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12650 else
12651 {
12652 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12653 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12654 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12655 "needs_update". */
12656 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12657 }
12658 }
12659
12660 if (should_insert)
12661 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12662
12663 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12664 }
12665
12666 void
12667 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12668 {
12669 struct bp_location *loc;
12670 int ix;
12671
12672 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12673 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12674 {
12675 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12676 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12677 --ix;
12678 }
12679 }
12680
12681 static void
12682 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
12683 {
12684 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12685
12686 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12687 update_global_location_list (inserting);
12688 }
12689
12690 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12691
12692 static void
12693 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12694 {
12695 bpstat bs;
12696
12697 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12698 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12699 {
12700 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12701 bs->old_val = NULL;
12702 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12703 }
12704 }
12705
12706 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12707 static int
12708 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12709 {
12710 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12711
12712 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12713 return 0;
12714 }
12715
12716 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12717 callbacks. */
12718
12719 static void
12720 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12721 {
12722 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12723 struct value_print_options opts;
12724
12725 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12726
12727 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12728 single string. */
12729 if (b->loc == NULL)
12730 {
12731 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
12732 }
12733 else
12734 {
12735 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
12736 {
12737 printf_filtered (" at ");
12738 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
12739 gdb_stdout);
12740 }
12741 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
12742 {
12743 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12744 more nicely. */
12745 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
12746 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12747 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
12748 b->loc->line_number);
12749 else
12750 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12751 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12752 real situation somewhat. */
12753 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
12754 }
12755
12756 if (b->loc->next)
12757 {
12758 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12759 int n = 0;
12760 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12761 ++n;
12762 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
12763 }
12764 }
12765 }
12766
12767 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12768
12769 static void
12770 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
12771 {
12772 xfree (self->cond);
12773 if (self->cond_bytecode)
12774 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
12775 xfree (self->function_name);
12776 }
12777
12778 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
12779 {
12780 bp_location_dtor
12781 };
12782
12783 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12784 inherit from. */
12785
12786 static void
12787 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
12788 {
12789 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
12790 xfree (self->cond_string);
12791 xfree (self->addr_string);
12792 xfree (self->filter);
12793 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
12794 }
12795
12796 static struct bp_location *
12797 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
12798 {
12799 struct bp_location *loc;
12800
12801 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
12802 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
12803 return loc;
12804 }
12805
12806 static void
12807 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12808 {
12809 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12810 }
12811
12812 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12813 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12814
12815 static int
12816 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12817 {
12818 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12819 }
12820
12821 static int
12822 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12823 {
12824 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12825 }
12826
12827 static int
12828 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12829 struct address_space *aspace,
12830 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12831 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12832 {
12833 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12834 }
12835
12836 static void
12837 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
12838 {
12839 /* Always stop. */
12840 }
12841
12842 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12843 errors. */
12844
12845 static int
12846 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
12847 {
12848 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12849 }
12850
12851 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12852 errors. */
12853
12854 static int
12855 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12856 {
12857 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12858 }
12859
12860 static enum print_stop_action
12861 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
12862 {
12863 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12864 }
12865
12866 static void
12867 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12868 struct ui_out *uiout)
12869 {
12870 /* nothing */
12871 }
12872
12873 static void
12874 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12875 {
12876 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12877 }
12878
12879 static void
12880 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
12881 {
12882 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12883 }
12884
12885 static void
12886 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12887 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12888 enum bptype type_wanted,
12889 char *addr_start,
12890 char **copy_arg)
12891 {
12892 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12893 }
12894
12895 static void
12896 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12897 struct linespec_result *c,
12898 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12899 char *cond_string,
12900 char *extra_string,
12901 enum bptype type_wanted,
12902 enum bpdisp disposition,
12903 int thread,
12904 int task, int ignore_count,
12905 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
12906 int from_tty, int enabled,
12907 int internal, unsigned flags)
12908 {
12909 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12910 }
12911
12912 static void
12913 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12914 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12915 {
12916 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12917 }
12918
12919 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12920
12921 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12922 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b)
12923 {
12924 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE;
12925 }
12926
12927 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12928 {
12929 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12930 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12931 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12932 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12933 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12934 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12935 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12936 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12937 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12938 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12939 NULL,
12940 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12941 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12942 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12943 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12944 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12945 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12946 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12947 };
12948
12949 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12950
12951 static void
12952 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12953 {
12954 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12955 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12956 {
12957 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12958 delete_breakpoint (b);
12959 return;
12960 }
12961
12962 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12963 }
12964
12965 static int
12966 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12967 {
12968 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12969 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12970 &bl->target_info);
12971 else
12972 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12973 &bl->target_info);
12974 }
12975
12976 static int
12977 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12978 {
12979 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12980 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12981 else
12982 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12983 }
12984
12985 static int
12986 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12987 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12988 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12989 {
12990 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12991
12992 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12993 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12994 return 0;
12995
12996 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12997 aspace, bp_addr))
12998 return 0;
12999
13000 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13001 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13002 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13003 return 0;
13004
13005 return 1;
13006 }
13007
13008 static int
13009 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13010 {
13011 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13012
13013 return 1;
13014 }
13015
13016 static enum print_stop_action
13017 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13018 {
13019 struct breakpoint *b;
13020 const struct bp_location *bl;
13021 int bp_temp;
13022 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13023
13024 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13025
13026 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13027 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13028
13029 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13030 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13031 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13032 bl->address,
13033 b->number, 1);
13034 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13035 if (bp_temp)
13036 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13037 else
13038 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13039 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13040 {
13041 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13042 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13043 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13044 }
13045 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13046 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13047
13048 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13049 }
13050
13051 static void
13052 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13053 {
13054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13055 return;
13056
13057 switch (b->type)
13058 {
13059 case bp_breakpoint:
13060 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13061 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13062 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13063 else
13064 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13065 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13066 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13067 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13068 break;
13069 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13070 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13071 break;
13072 case bp_dprintf:
13073 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13074 break;
13075 }
13076
13077 say_where (b);
13078 }
13079
13080 static void
13081 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13082 {
13083 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13085 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13086 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13087 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13088 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13090 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13091 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13092 else
13093 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13094 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13095
13096 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13097 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13098 }
13099
13100 static void
13101 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13102 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13103 enum bptype type_wanted,
13104 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13105 {
13106 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13107 addr_start, copy_arg);
13108 }
13109
13110 static void
13111 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13112 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13113 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13114 char *cond_string,
13115 char *extra_string,
13116 enum bptype type_wanted,
13117 enum bpdisp disposition,
13118 int thread,
13119 int task, int ignore_count,
13120 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13121 int from_tty, int enabled,
13122 int internal, unsigned flags)
13123 {
13124 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13125 cond_string, extra_string,
13126 type_wanted,
13127 disposition, thread, task,
13128 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13129 enabled, internal, flags);
13130 }
13131
13132 static void
13133 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13134 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13135 {
13136 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13137 }
13138
13139 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13140
13141 static void
13142 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13143 {
13144 switch (b->type)
13145 {
13146 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13147 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13148 case bp_overlay_event:
13149 case bp_longjmp_master:
13150 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13151 case bp_exception_master:
13152 delete_breakpoint (b);
13153 break;
13154
13155 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13156 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13157 case bp_shlib_event:
13158
13159 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13160 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13161 case bp_thread_event:
13162 break;
13163 }
13164 }
13165
13166 static void
13167 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13168 {
13169 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13170 {
13171 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13172 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13173 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13174 objects (among other things). */
13175 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13176 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13177 }
13178 else
13179 bs->stop = 0;
13180 }
13181
13182 static enum print_stop_action
13183 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13184 {
13185 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13186 struct breakpoint *b;
13187
13188 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13189
13190 switch (b->type)
13191 {
13192 case bp_shlib_event:
13193 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13194 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13195 to shlib event" message.) */
13196 print_solib_event (0);
13197 break;
13198
13199 case bp_thread_event:
13200 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13201 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13202 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13203 break;
13204
13205 case bp_overlay_event:
13206 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13207 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13208 break;
13209
13210 case bp_longjmp_master:
13211 /* These should never be enabled. */
13212 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13213 break;
13214
13215 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13216 /* These should never be enabled. */
13217 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13218 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13219 break;
13220
13221 case bp_exception_master:
13222 /* These should never be enabled. */
13223 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13224 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13225 break;
13226 }
13227
13228 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13229 }
13230
13231 static void
13232 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13233 {
13234 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13235 }
13236
13237 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13238
13239 static void
13240 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13241 {
13242 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13243 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13244 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13245 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13246 }
13247
13248 static void
13249 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13250 {
13251 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13252 }
13253
13254 static enum print_stop_action
13255 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13256 {
13257 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13258
13259 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13260 {
13261 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13262
13263 switch (b->type)
13264 {
13265 case bp_finish:
13266 ui_out_field_string
13267 (uiout, "reason",
13268 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13269 break;
13270
13271 case bp_until:
13272 ui_out_field_string
13273 (uiout, "reason",
13274 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13275 break;
13276 }
13277 }
13278
13279 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13280 }
13281
13282 static void
13283 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13284 {
13285 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13286 }
13287
13288 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13289
13290 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13291 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13292
13293 static void
13294 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13295 {
13296 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13297
13298 if (tp)
13299 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13300
13301 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13302 }
13303
13304 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13305
13306 static int
13307 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13308 {
13309 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13310
13311 if (v == 0)
13312 {
13313 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13314 if needed. */
13315 bl->probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13316 }
13317
13318 return v;
13319 }
13320
13321 static int
13322 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13323 {
13324 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13325 bl->probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe, bl->gdbarch);
13326
13327 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13328 }
13329
13330 static void
13331 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13332 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13333 enum bptype type_wanted,
13334 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13335 {
13336 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13337
13338 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13339
13340 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13341 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13342
13343 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13344 }
13345
13346 static void
13347 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13348 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13349 {
13350 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13351 if (!sals->sals)
13352 error (_("probe not found"));
13353 }
13354
13355 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13356
13357 static void
13358 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13359 {
13360 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13361 }
13362
13363 static int
13364 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13365 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13366 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13367 {
13368 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13369 tracepoints. */
13370 return 0;
13371 }
13372
13373 static void
13374 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13375 struct ui_out *uiout)
13376 {
13377 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13378 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13379 {
13380 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13381
13382 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13383 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13384 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13385 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13386 }
13387 }
13388
13389 static void
13390 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13391 {
13392 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13393 return;
13394
13395 switch (b->type)
13396 {
13397 case bp_tracepoint:
13398 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13399 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13400 break;
13401 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13402 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13403 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13404 break;
13405 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13406 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13407 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13408 break;
13409 default:
13410 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13411 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13412 }
13413
13414 say_where (b);
13415 }
13416
13417 static void
13418 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13419 {
13420 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13421
13422 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13424 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13426 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13427 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13428 else
13429 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13430 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13431
13432 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13433 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13434
13435 if (tp->pass_count)
13436 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13437 }
13438
13439 static void
13440 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13441 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13442 enum bptype type_wanted,
13443 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13444 {
13445 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13446 addr_start, copy_arg);
13447 }
13448
13449 static void
13450 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13451 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13452 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13453 char *cond_string,
13454 char *extra_string,
13455 enum bptype type_wanted,
13456 enum bpdisp disposition,
13457 int thread,
13458 int task, int ignore_count,
13459 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13460 int from_tty, int enabled,
13461 int internal, unsigned flags)
13462 {
13463 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
13464 cond_string, extra_string,
13465 type_wanted,
13466 disposition, thread, task,
13467 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13468 enabled, internal, flags);
13469 }
13470
13471 static void
13472 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13473 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13474 {
13475 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13476 }
13477
13478 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13479
13480 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13481 static probe. */
13482
13483 static void
13484 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13485 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13486 enum bptype type_wanted,
13487 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13488 {
13489 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13490 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13491 addr_start, copy_arg);
13492 }
13493
13494 static void
13495 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13496 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13497 {
13498 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13499 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13500 }
13501
13502 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13503
13504 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13505 markers (`-m'). */
13506
13507 static void
13508 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13509 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13510 enum bptype type_wanted,
13511 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13512 {
13513 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13514
13515 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13516
13517 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13518
13519 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13520 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13521 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13522 }
13523
13524 static void
13525 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13526 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13527 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13528 char *cond_string,
13529 char *extra_string,
13530 enum bptype type_wanted,
13531 enum bpdisp disposition,
13532 int thread,
13533 int task, int ignore_count,
13534 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13535 int from_tty, int enabled,
13536 int internal, unsigned flags)
13537 {
13538 int i;
13539
13540 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13541 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13542 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13543 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13544 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13545 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13546
13547 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13548 {
13549 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13550 struct tracepoint *tp;
13551 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13552 char *addr_string;
13553
13554 expanded.nelts = 1;
13555 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13556
13557 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13558 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13559
13560 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13561 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13562 addr_string, NULL,
13563 cond_string, extra_string,
13564 type_wanted, disposition,
13565 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13566 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13567 canonical->special_display);
13568 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13569 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13570 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13571 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13572 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13573 corresponds to this one */
13574 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13575
13576 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13577
13578 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13579 }
13580 }
13581
13582 static void
13583 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13584 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13585 {
13586 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13587
13588 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13589 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13590 {
13591 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13592 sals->nelts = 1;
13593 }
13594 else
13595 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13596 }
13597
13598 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13599
13600 static int
13601 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13602 {
13603 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13604 }
13605
13606 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13607 structures. */
13608
13609 void
13610 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13611 {
13612 struct breakpoint *b;
13613
13614 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13615
13616 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13617 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13618 especial culprits.
13619
13620 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13621 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13622 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13623 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13624 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13625 deleted.
13626
13627 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13628 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13629 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13630 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13631 was chosen. */
13632 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
13633 return;
13634
13635 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13636 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13637 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
13638 {
13639 struct breakpoint *related;
13640 struct watchpoint *w;
13641
13642 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13643 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
13644 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13645 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13646 else
13647 w = NULL;
13648 if (w != NULL)
13649 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
13650
13651 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13652 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
13653 related = related->related_breakpoint);
13654 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
13655 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
13656 }
13657
13658 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13659 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13660 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13661 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13662 if (bpt->number)
13663 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
13664
13665 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
13666 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
13667
13668 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13669 if (b->next == bpt)
13670 {
13671 b->next = bpt->next;
13672 break;
13673 }
13674
13675 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13676 been freed. */
13677 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13678 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13679 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13680 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13681 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13682 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13683 commands won't work. */
13684
13685 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
13686
13687 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13688 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13689 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13690 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13691 might be better design to have location completely
13692 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13693 update_global_location_list (0);
13694
13695 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
13696 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13697 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13698 bpt->type = bp_none;
13699 xfree (bpt);
13700 }
13701
13702 static void
13703 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
13704 {
13705 delete_breakpoint (b);
13706 }
13707
13708 struct cleanup *
13709 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
13710 {
13711 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
13712 }
13713
13714 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13715 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13716
13717 static void
13718 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
13719 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13720 void *),
13721 void *data)
13722 {
13723 struct breakpoint *related;
13724
13725 related = b;
13726 do
13727 {
13728 struct breakpoint *next;
13729
13730 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13731 next = related->related_breakpoint;
13732
13733 if (next == related)
13734 {
13735 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13736 function (related, data);
13737
13738 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13739 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13740 out. */
13741 break;
13742 }
13743 else
13744 function (related, data);
13745
13746 related = next;
13747 }
13748 while (related != b);
13749 }
13750
13751 static void
13752 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13753 {
13754 delete_breakpoint (b);
13755 }
13756
13757 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13758 delete_breakpoint. */
13759
13760 static void
13761 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13762 {
13763 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13764 }
13765
13766 void
13767 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
13768 {
13769 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13770
13771 dont_repeat ();
13772
13773 if (arg == 0)
13774 {
13775 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
13776
13777 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13778 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13779 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13781 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13782 {
13783 breaks_to_delete = 1;
13784 break;
13785 }
13786
13787 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13788 if (!from_tty
13789 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13790 {
13791 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13792 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
13793 delete_breakpoint (b);
13794 }
13795 }
13796 else
13797 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13798 }
13799
13800 static int
13801 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
13802 {
13803 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13804 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
13805 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13806 return 0;
13807 return 1;
13808 }
13809
13810 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13811 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13812 Null names are ignored. */
13813
13814 static int
13815 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
13816 {
13817 struct bp_location *l;
13818 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
13819 (int (*) (const void *,
13820 const void *)) streq,
13821 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
13822
13823 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
13824 {
13825 const char **slot;
13826 const char *name = l->function_name;
13827
13828 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13829 if (name == NULL)
13830 continue;
13831
13832 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
13833 INSERT);
13834 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13835 returns NULL. */
13836 if (*slot != NULL)
13837 {
13838 htab_delete (htab);
13839 return 1;
13840 }
13841 *slot = name;
13842 }
13843
13844 htab_delete (htab);
13845 return 0;
13846 }
13847
13848 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13849 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13850 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13851 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13852 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13853 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13854 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13855 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13856 The heuristic is:
13857
13858 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13859 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13860 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13861 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13862 in the sources, and output a warning.
13863
13864 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13865 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13866 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13867 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13868 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13869 warning.
13870
13871 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13872 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13873 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13874 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13875 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13876 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13877 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13878 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13879 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13880
13881 static struct symtab_and_line
13882 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
13883 {
13884 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13885 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
13886 CORE_ADDR pc;
13887
13888 pc = sal.pc;
13889 if (sal.line)
13890 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
13891
13892 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
13893 {
13894 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
13895 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13896 b->number,
13897 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
13898
13899 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13900 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
13901 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
13902
13903 return sal;
13904 }
13905
13906 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13907 by string ID. */
13908 if (!sal.explicit_pc
13909 && sal.line != 0
13910 && sal.symtab != NULL
13911 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
13912 {
13913 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
13914
13915 markers
13916 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13917
13918 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
13919 {
13920 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
13921 struct symbol *sym;
13922 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
13923 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13924
13925 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
13926
13927 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13928 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
13929
13930 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13931 "found at previous line number"),
13932 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13933
13934 init_sal (&sal2);
13935
13936 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
13937
13938 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
13939 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
13940 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
13941 if (sym)
13942 {
13943 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
13944 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
13945 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
13946 }
13947 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
13948 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
13949 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
13950
13951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13952 {
13953 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
13954
13955 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
13956 }
13957
13958 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
13959 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13960
13961 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
13962 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
13963
13964 xfree (b->addr_string);
13965 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13966 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
13967 b->loc->line_number);
13968
13969 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13970 so. */
13971
13972 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
13973 }
13974 }
13975 return sal;
13976 }
13977
13978 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13979 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13980
13981 static int
13982 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
13983 {
13984 while (a && b)
13985 {
13986 if (a->address != b->address)
13987 return 0;
13988
13989 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
13990 return 0;
13991
13992 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
13993 return 0;
13994
13995 a = a->next;
13996 b = b->next;
13997 }
13998
13999 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14000 return 0;
14001
14002 return 1;
14003 }
14004
14005 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14006 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14007 a ranged breakpoint. */
14008
14009 void
14010 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14011 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14012 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14013 {
14014 int i;
14015 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14016
14017 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14018 {
14019 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14020 location. */
14021 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14022 update_global_location_list (1);
14023 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14024 "multiple locations found\n"),
14025 b->number);
14026 return;
14027 }
14028
14029 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14030 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14031 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14032 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14033 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14034 individual locations. */
14035 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14036 return;
14037
14038 b->loc = NULL;
14039
14040 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14041 {
14042 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14043
14044 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14045
14046 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14047
14048 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14049 old symtab. */
14050 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14051 {
14052 const char *s;
14053 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14054
14055 s = b->cond_string;
14056 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14057 {
14058 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14059 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14060 0);
14061 }
14062 if (e.reason < 0)
14063 {
14064 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14065 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14066 b->number, e.message);
14067 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14068 }
14069 }
14070
14071 if (sals_end.nelts)
14072 {
14073 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14074
14075 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14076 }
14077 }
14078
14079 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14080 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14081 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
14082
14083 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14084 breakpoints. */
14085 {
14086 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14087 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14088 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14089 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14090 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14091 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14092 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14093
14094 for (; e; e = e->next)
14095 {
14096 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14097 {
14098 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14099 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14100 {
14101 for (; l; l = l->next)
14102 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14103 {
14104 l->enabled = 0;
14105 break;
14106 }
14107 }
14108 else
14109 {
14110 for (; l; l = l->next)
14111 if (l->function_name
14112 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14113 {
14114 l->enabled = 0;
14115 break;
14116 }
14117 }
14118 }
14119 }
14120 }
14121
14122 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14123 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14124
14125 update_global_location_list (1);
14126 }
14127
14128 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14129 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14130
14131 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14132 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14133 {
14134 char *s;
14135 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14136 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14137
14138 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14139 s = addr_string;
14140
14141 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14142 {
14143 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14144 }
14145 if (e.reason < 0)
14146 {
14147 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14148 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14149 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14150 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14151 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14152 state, then user already saw the message about that
14153 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14154 errors. */
14155 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14156 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14157 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14158 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14159 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14160 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14161
14162 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14163 {
14164 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14165 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14166 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14167 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14168 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14169 which approach is better. */
14170 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14171 throw_exception (e);
14172 }
14173 }
14174
14175 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14176 {
14177 int i;
14178
14179 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14180 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14181 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14182 {
14183 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14184 int thread, task;
14185
14186 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14187 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14188 &extra_string);
14189 if (cond_string)
14190 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14191 b->thread = thread;
14192 b->task = task;
14193 if (extra_string)
14194 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14195 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14196 }
14197
14198 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14199 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14200
14201 *found = 1;
14202 }
14203 else
14204 *found = 0;
14205
14206 return sals;
14207 }
14208
14209 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14210 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14211 locations. */
14212
14213 static void
14214 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14215 {
14216 int found;
14217 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14218 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14219 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14220
14221 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14222 if (found)
14223 {
14224 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14225 expanded = sals;
14226 }
14227
14228 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14229 {
14230 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14231 if (found)
14232 {
14233 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14234 expanded_end = sals_end;
14235 }
14236 }
14237
14238 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14239 }
14240
14241 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14242 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14243
14244 static void
14245 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14246 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14247 enum bptype type_wanted,
14248 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14249 {
14250 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14251 }
14252
14253 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14254 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14255 breakpoint_ops. */
14256
14257 static void
14258 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14259 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14260 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
14261 char *cond_string,
14262 char *extra_string,
14263 enum bptype type_wanted,
14264 enum bpdisp disposition,
14265 int thread,
14266 int task, int ignore_count,
14267 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14268 int from_tty, int enabled,
14269 int internal, unsigned flags)
14270 {
14271 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14272 extra_string,
14273 type_wanted, disposition,
14274 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14275 enabled, internal, flags);
14276 }
14277
14278 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14279 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14280
14281 static void
14282 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14283 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14284 {
14285 struct linespec_result canonical;
14286
14287 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14288 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14289 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14290 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14291 b->filter);
14292
14293 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14294 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14295
14296 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14297 {
14298 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14299
14300 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14301 *sals = lsal->sals;
14302 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14303 contents. */
14304 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14305 }
14306
14307 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14308 }
14309
14310 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14311
14312 static struct cleanup *
14313 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14314 {
14315 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14316
14317 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14318 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14319 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14320 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14321 set_language (b->language);
14322
14323 return cleanups;
14324 }
14325
14326 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14327 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14328 Unused in this case. */
14329
14330 static int
14331 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14332 {
14333 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14334 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14335 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14336
14337 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14338 b->ops->re_set (b);
14339 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14340 return 0;
14341 }
14342
14343 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14344 void
14345 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14346 {
14347 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14348 enum language save_language;
14349 int save_input_radix;
14350 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14351
14352 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14353 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14354 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14355
14356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14357 {
14358 /* Format possible error msg. */
14359 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14360 b->number);
14361 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14362 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14363 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14364 }
14365 set_language (save_language);
14366 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14367
14368 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14369
14370 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14371
14372 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14373 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14374 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14375 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14376 }
14377 \f
14378 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14379
14380 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14381 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14382 void
14383 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14384 {
14385 if (b->thread != -1)
14386 {
14387 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14388 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14389
14390 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14391 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14392 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14393 as well. */
14394 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14395 }
14396 }
14397
14398 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14399 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14400 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14401
14402 void
14403 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14404 {
14405 struct breakpoint *b;
14406
14407 if (count < 0)
14408 count = 0;
14409
14410 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14411 if (b->number == bptnum)
14412 {
14413 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14414 {
14415 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14416 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14417 bptnum);
14418 return;
14419 }
14420
14421 b->ignore_count = count;
14422 if (from_tty)
14423 {
14424 if (count == 0)
14425 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14426 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14427 bptnum);
14428 else if (count == 1)
14429 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14430 bptnum);
14431 else
14432 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14433 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14434 count, bptnum);
14435 }
14436 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14437 return;
14438 }
14439
14440 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14441 }
14442
14443 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14444
14445 static void
14446 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14447 {
14448 char *p = args;
14449 int num;
14450
14451 if (p == 0)
14452 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14453
14454 num = get_number (&p);
14455 if (num == 0)
14456 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14457 if (*p == 0)
14458 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14459
14460 set_ignore_count (num,
14461 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14462 from_tty);
14463 if (from_tty)
14464 printf_filtered ("\n");
14465 }
14466 \f
14467 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14468 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14469
14470 static void
14471 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14472 void *),
14473 void *data)
14474 {
14475 int num;
14476 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14477 int match;
14478 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14479
14480 if (args == 0)
14481 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14482
14483 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14484
14485 while (!state.finished)
14486 {
14487 char *p = state.string;
14488
14489 match = 0;
14490
14491 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14492 if (num == 0)
14493 {
14494 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14495 }
14496 else
14497 {
14498 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14499 if (b->number == num)
14500 {
14501 match = 1;
14502 function (b, data);
14503 break;
14504 }
14505 if (match == 0)
14506 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14507 }
14508 }
14509 }
14510
14511 static struct bp_location *
14512 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14513 {
14514 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14515 char *p1;
14516 int bp_num;
14517 int loc_num;
14518 struct breakpoint *b;
14519 struct bp_location *loc;
14520
14521 *dot = '\0';
14522
14523 p1 = number;
14524 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14525 if (bp_num == 0)
14526 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14527
14528 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14529 if (b->number == bp_num)
14530 {
14531 break;
14532 }
14533
14534 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14535 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14536
14537 p1 = dot+1;
14538 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14539 if (loc_num == 0)
14540 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14541
14542 --loc_num;
14543 loc = b->loc;
14544 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14545 ;
14546 if (!loc)
14547 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14548
14549 return loc;
14550 }
14551
14552
14553 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14554 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14555 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14556
14557 void
14558 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14559 {
14560 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14561 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14562 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14563 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14564 return;
14565
14566 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14567 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
14568 return;
14569
14570 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14571
14572 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14573 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14574
14575 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14576 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14577 {
14578 struct bp_location *location;
14579
14580 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14581 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14582 }
14583
14584 update_global_location_list (0);
14585
14586 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14587 }
14588
14589 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14590
14591 static void
14592 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14593 {
14594 disable_breakpoint (b);
14595 }
14596
14597 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14598 disable_breakpoint. */
14599
14600 static void
14601 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14602 {
14603 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14604 }
14605
14606 static void
14607 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14608 {
14609 if (args == 0)
14610 {
14611 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14612
14613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14614 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14615 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14616 }
14617 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14618 {
14619 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14620 if (loc)
14621 {
14622 if (loc->enabled)
14623 {
14624 loc->enabled = 0;
14625 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14626 }
14627 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14628 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14629 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14630 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
14631 }
14632 update_global_location_list (0);
14633 }
14634 else
14635 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14636 }
14637
14638 static void
14639 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
14640 int count)
14641 {
14642 int target_resources_ok;
14643
14644 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
14645 {
14646 int i;
14647 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14648 target_resources_ok =
14649 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
14650 i + 1, 0);
14651 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
14652 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14653 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
14654 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14655 }
14656
14657 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
14658 {
14659 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14660 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
14661 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14662
14663 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14664 {
14665 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14666
14667 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
14668 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14669 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
14670 }
14671 if (e.reason < 0)
14672 {
14673 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
14674 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14675 bpt->number);
14676 return;
14677 }
14678 }
14679
14680 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
14681 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14682
14683 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
14684
14685 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14686 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14687
14688 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14689 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14690 {
14691 struct bp_location *location;
14692
14693 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14694 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
14695 }
14696
14697 bpt->disposition = disposition;
14698 bpt->enable_count = count;
14699 update_global_location_list (1);
14700
14701 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14702 }
14703
14704
14705 void
14706 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14707 {
14708 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
14709 }
14710
14711 static void
14712 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14713 {
14714 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14715 }
14716
14717 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14718 enable_breakpoint. */
14719
14720 static void
14721 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14722 {
14723 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14724 }
14725
14726 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14727 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14728 in stopping the inferior. */
14729
14730 static void
14731 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14732 {
14733 if (args == 0)
14734 {
14735 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14736
14737 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14738 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14739 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
14740 }
14741 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
14742 {
14743 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
14744 if (loc)
14745 {
14746 if (!loc->enabled)
14747 {
14748 loc->enabled = 1;
14749 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
14750 }
14751 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14752 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
14753 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
14754 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
14755 }
14756 update_global_location_list (1);
14757 }
14758 else
14759 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
14760 }
14761
14762 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14763 breakpoints. */
14764
14765 struct disp_data
14766 {
14767 enum bpdisp disp;
14768 int count;
14769 };
14770
14771 static void
14772 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
14773 {
14774 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
14775
14776 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
14777 }
14778
14779 static void
14780 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14781 {
14782 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
14783
14784 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14785 }
14786
14787 static void
14788 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14789 {
14790 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
14791 }
14792
14793 static void
14794 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
14795 {
14796 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
14797
14798 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14799 }
14800
14801 static void
14802 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14803 {
14804 int count = get_number (&args);
14805
14806 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
14807 }
14808
14809 static void
14810 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
14811 {
14812 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
14813
14814 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
14815 }
14816
14817 static void
14818 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14819 {
14820 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14821 }
14822 \f
14823 static void
14824 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14825 {
14826 }
14827
14828 static void
14829 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
14830 {
14831 }
14832
14833 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14834 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14835 GDB itself. */
14836
14837 static void
14838 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
14839 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
14840 const bfd_byte *data)
14841 {
14842 struct breakpoint *bp;
14843
14844 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14845 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
14846 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
14847 {
14848 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
14849
14850 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
14851 {
14852 struct bp_location *loc;
14853
14854 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
14855 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14856 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
14857 && addr + len > loc->address)
14858 {
14859 value_free (wp->val);
14860 wp->val = NULL;
14861 wp->val_valid = 0;
14862 }
14863 }
14864 }
14865 }
14866
14867 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14868 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14869 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14870 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14871 someday. */
14872
14873 void *
14874 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14875 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
14876 {
14877 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
14878
14879 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
14880
14881 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
14882 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
14883
14884 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
14885 {
14886 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14887 xfree (bp_tgt);
14888 return NULL;
14889 }
14890
14891 return bp_tgt;
14892 }
14893
14894 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14895 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14896
14897 int
14898 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
14899 {
14900 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
14901 int ret;
14902
14903 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
14904 xfree (bp_tgt);
14905
14906 return ret;
14907 }
14908
14909 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14910 stepping. */
14911
14912 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
14913 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
14914
14915 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14916
14917 void
14918 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14919 struct address_space *aspace,
14920 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
14921 {
14922 void **bpt_p;
14923
14924 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
14925 {
14926 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
14927 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
14928 }
14929 else
14930 {
14931 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
14932 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
14933 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
14934 }
14935
14936 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14937 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14938 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14939 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14940 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14941 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14942
14943 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
14944 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
14945 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14946 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
14947 }
14948
14949 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14950 were inserted or not. */
14951
14952 int
14953 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14954 {
14955 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
14956 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
14957 }
14958
14959 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14960
14961 void
14962 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14963 {
14964 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
14965
14966 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14967 call. */
14968 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
14969 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
14970 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
14971 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
14972
14973 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
14974 {
14975 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
14976 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
14977 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
14978 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
14979 }
14980 }
14981
14982 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14983 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14984 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14985 exec. */
14986
14987 void
14988 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14989 {
14990 int i;
14991
14992 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14993 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14994 {
14995 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14996 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14997 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14998 }
14999 }
15000
15001 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15002 removing them. */
15003
15004 static void
15005 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15006 {
15007 int i;
15008
15009 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15010 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
15011 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
15012 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
15013 }
15014
15015 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15016 PC. */
15017
15018 static int
15019 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15020 CORE_ADDR pc)
15021 {
15022 int i;
15023
15024 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
15025 {
15026 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
15027 if (bp_tgt
15028 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
15029 bp_tgt->placed_address,
15030 aspace, pc))
15031 return 1;
15032 }
15033
15034 return 0;
15035 }
15036
15037 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15038 non-zero otherwise. */
15039 static int
15040 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15041 {
15042 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15043 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15044 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15045 return 1;
15046 else
15047 return 0;
15048 }
15049
15050 int
15051 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15052 {
15053 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15054 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15055
15056 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15057 }
15058
15059 int
15060 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15061 {
15062 struct breakpoint *bp;
15063
15064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15065 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15066 {
15067 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15068
15069 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15070 {
15071 int i, iter;
15072 for (i = 0;
15073 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15074 i++)
15075 if (syscall_number == iter)
15076 return 1;
15077 }
15078 else
15079 return 1;
15080 }
15081
15082 return 0;
15083 }
15084
15085 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15086 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15087 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15088 const char *text, const char *word)
15089 {
15090 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
15091 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15092 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15093
15094 xfree (list);
15095 return retlist;
15096 }
15097
15098 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15099
15100 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15101 static void
15102 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15103 {
15104 tracepoint_count = num;
15105 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15106 }
15107
15108 static void
15109 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15110 {
15111 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15112 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15113
15114 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15115 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15116 else
15117 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15118
15119 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15120 arg,
15121 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15122 0 /* tempflag */,
15123 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15124 0 /* Ignore count */,
15125 pending_break_support,
15126 ops,
15127 from_tty,
15128 1 /* enabled */,
15129 0 /* internal */, 0);
15130 }
15131
15132 static void
15133 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15134 {
15135 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15136 arg,
15137 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15138 0 /* tempflag */,
15139 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15140 0 /* Ignore count */,
15141 pending_break_support,
15142 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15143 from_tty,
15144 1 /* enabled */,
15145 0 /* internal */, 0);
15146 }
15147
15148 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15149
15150 static void
15151 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15152 {
15153 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15154
15155 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15156 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15157 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15158 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15159 else
15160 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15161
15162 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15163 arg,
15164 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15165 0 /* tempflag */,
15166 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15167 0 /* Ignore count */,
15168 pending_break_support,
15169 ops,
15170 from_tty,
15171 1 /* enabled */,
15172 0 /* internal */, 0);
15173 }
15174
15175 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15176 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15177
15178 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15179 static int next_cmd;
15180
15181 static char *
15182 read_uploaded_action (void)
15183 {
15184 char *rslt;
15185
15186 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15187
15188 next_cmd++;
15189
15190 return rslt;
15191 }
15192
15193 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15194 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15195 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15196 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15197 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15198
15199 struct tracepoint *
15200 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15201 {
15202 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15203 struct tracepoint *tp;
15204
15205 if (utp->at_string)
15206 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15207 else
15208 {
15209 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15210 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15211 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15212 user. */
15213 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15214 "source location, using raw address"),
15215 utp->number);
15216 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15217 addr_str = small_buf;
15218 }
15219
15220 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15221 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15222 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15223 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15224 utp->number);
15225
15226 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15227 addr_str,
15228 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15229 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15230 0 /* tempflag */,
15231 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15232 0 /* Ignore count */,
15233 pending_break_support,
15234 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15235 0 /* from_tty */,
15236 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15237 0 /* internal */,
15238 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15239 return NULL;
15240
15241 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15242 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15243 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15244
15245 if (utp->pass > 0)
15246 {
15247 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15248 tp->base.number);
15249
15250 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15251 }
15252
15253 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15254 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15255 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15256 function. */
15257 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15258 {
15259 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15260
15261 this_utp = utp;
15262 next_cmd = 0;
15263
15264 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15265
15266 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15267 }
15268 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15269 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15270 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15271 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15272 utp->number);
15273
15274 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15275 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15276 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15277
15278 return tp;
15279 }
15280
15281 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15282 omitted. */
15283
15284 static void
15285 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15286 {
15287 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15288 int num_printed;
15289
15290 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15291
15292 if (num_printed == 0)
15293 {
15294 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15295 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15296 else
15297 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15298 }
15299
15300 default_collect_info ();
15301 }
15302
15303 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15304 Not supported by all targets. */
15305 static void
15306 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15307 {
15308 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15309 }
15310
15311 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15312 Not supported by all targets. */
15313 static void
15314 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15315 {
15316 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15317 }
15318
15319 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15320 static void
15321 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15322 {
15323 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15324
15325 dont_repeat ();
15326
15327 if (arg == 0)
15328 {
15329 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15330
15331 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15332 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15333 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15334 argument. */
15335 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15336 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15337 {
15338 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15339 break;
15340 }
15341
15342 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15343 if (!from_tty
15344 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15345 {
15346 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15347 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15348 delete_breakpoint (b);
15349 }
15350 }
15351 else
15352 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15353 }
15354
15355 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15356
15357 static void
15358 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15359 {
15360 tp->pass_count = count;
15361 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15362 if (from_tty)
15363 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15364 tp->base.number, count);
15365 }
15366
15367 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15368
15369 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15370 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15371 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15372
15373 static void
15374 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15375 {
15376 struct tracepoint *t1;
15377 unsigned int count;
15378
15379 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15380 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15381 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15382
15383 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15384
15385 args = skip_spaces (args);
15386 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15387 {
15388 struct breakpoint *b;
15389
15390 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15391 if (*args)
15392 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15393
15394 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15395 {
15396 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15397 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15398 }
15399 }
15400 else if (*args == '\0')
15401 {
15402 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
15403 if (t1)
15404 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15405 }
15406 else
15407 {
15408 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15409
15410 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15411 while (!state.finished)
15412 {
15413 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
15414 if (t1)
15415 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15416 }
15417 }
15418 }
15419
15420 struct tracepoint *
15421 get_tracepoint (int num)
15422 {
15423 struct breakpoint *t;
15424
15425 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15426 if (t->number == num)
15427 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15428
15429 return NULL;
15430 }
15431
15432 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15433 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15434 reconnecting). */
15435
15436 struct tracepoint *
15437 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15438 {
15439 struct breakpoint *b;
15440
15441 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15442 {
15443 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15444
15445 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15446 return t;
15447 }
15448
15449 return NULL;
15450 }
15451
15452 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15453 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15454 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15455 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15456 struct tracepoint *
15457 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15458 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
15459 int optional_p)
15460 {
15461 struct breakpoint *t;
15462 int tpnum;
15463 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15464
15465 if (state)
15466 {
15467 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15468 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15469 }
15470 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15471 {
15472 if (optional_p)
15473 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15474 else
15475 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15476 }
15477 else
15478 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15479
15480 if (tpnum <= 0)
15481 {
15482 if (instring && *instring)
15483 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15484 instring);
15485 else
15486 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15487 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15488 return NULL;
15489 }
15490
15491 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15492 if (t->number == tpnum)
15493 {
15494 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15495 }
15496
15497 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15498 return NULL;
15499 }
15500
15501 void
15502 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15503 {
15504 if (b->thread != -1)
15505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15506
15507 if (b->task != 0)
15508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15509
15510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15511 }
15512
15513 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15514 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15515 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15516 non-zero. */
15517
15518 static void
15519 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15520 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15521 {
15522 struct breakpoint *tp;
15523 int any = 0;
15524 char *pathname;
15525 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15526 struct ui_file *fp;
15527 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15528
15529 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15530 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15531
15532 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15533 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15534 {
15535 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15536 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15537 continue;
15538
15539 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15540 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15541 continue;
15542
15543 any = 1;
15544
15545 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15546 {
15547 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15548
15549 /* We can stop searching. */
15550 break;
15551 }
15552 }
15553
15554 if (!any)
15555 {
15556 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15557 return;
15558 }
15559
15560 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
15561 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
15562 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
15563 if (!fp)
15564 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15565 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15566 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15567
15568 if (extra_trace_bits)
15569 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15570
15571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15572 {
15573 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15574 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15575 continue;
15576
15577 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15578 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15579 continue;
15580
15581 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15582
15583 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15584 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15585 instead. */
15586
15587 if (tp->cond_string)
15588 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15589
15590 if (tp->ignore_count)
15591 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15592
15593 if (tp->commands)
15594 {
15595 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15596
15597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15598
15599 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15600 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15601 {
15602 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15603 }
15604 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15605
15606 if (ex.reason < 0)
15607 throw_exception (ex);
15608
15609 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15610 }
15611
15612 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15613 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
15614
15615 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15616 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15617 special, and not user visible. */
15618 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15619 {
15620 struct bp_location *loc;
15621 int n = 1;
15622
15623 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15624 if (!loc->enabled)
15625 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15626 }
15627 }
15628
15629 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15631
15632 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15633 if (from_tty)
15634 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15635 }
15636
15637 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15638
15639 static void
15640 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15641 {
15642 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15643 }
15644
15645 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15646
15647 static void
15648 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15649 {
15650 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15651 }
15652
15653 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15654
15655 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15656 all_tracepoints (void)
15657 {
15658 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15659 struct breakpoint *tp;
15660
15661 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15662 {
15663 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15664 }
15665
15666 return tp_vec;
15667 }
15668
15669 \f
15670 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15671 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15672 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15673 command. */
15674 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15675 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15676 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15677 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15678 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15679 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15680 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15681 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15682 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15683 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15684 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15685 \n\
15686 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15687 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15688 \n\
15689 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15690 conditions are different.\n\
15691 \n\
15692 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15693
15694 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15695 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15696
15697 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15698 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15699
15700 void
15701 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15702 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
15703 struct cmd_list_element *command),
15704 completer_ftype *completer,
15705 void *user_data_catch,
15706 void *user_data_tcatch)
15707 {
15708 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15709
15710 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15711 &catch_cmdlist);
15712 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15713 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15714 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15715
15716 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15717 &tcatch_cmdlist);
15718 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15719 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15720 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15721 }
15722
15723 static void
15724 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15725 {
15726 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15727 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15728
15729 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15730 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15731 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
15732 }
15733
15734 static void
15735 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15736 {
15737 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15738 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15739 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
15740 }
15741
15742 struct breakpoint *
15743 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
15744 void *data)
15745 {
15746 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15747
15748 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15749 {
15750 if ((*callback) (b, data))
15751 return b;
15752 }
15753
15754 return NULL;
15755 }
15756
15757 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15758 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15759
15760 static int
15761 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
15762 {
15763 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15764 non-inline function. */
15765 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
15766 return 1;
15767
15768 return 0;
15769 }
15770
15771 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15772 have been inlined. */
15773
15774 int
15775 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
15776 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
15777 {
15778 struct breakpoint *b;
15779 struct bp_location *bl;
15780
15781 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
15782 {
15783 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
15784 continue;
15785
15786 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
15787 {
15788 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
15789 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
15790 return 1;
15791 }
15792 }
15793
15794 return 0;
15795 }
15796
15797 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15798
15799 void
15800 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
15801 {
15802 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
15803
15804 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
15805 if (loc->symtab != NULL && loc->symtab->objfile == objfile)
15806 loc->symtab = NULL;
15807 }
15808
15809 void
15810 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15811 {
15812 static int initialized = 0;
15813
15814 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15815
15816 if (initialized)
15817 return;
15818 initialized = 1;
15819
15820 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15821 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15822 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15823 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15824 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15825 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15826 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
15827 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
15828 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
15829 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
15830 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
15831 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
15832
15833 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15834 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15835 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15836 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
15837 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
15838 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
15839 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
15840 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
15841
15842 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15843 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
15844 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15845 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
15846 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
15847 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
15848 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
15849 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
15850 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
15851 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
15852
15853 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15854 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
15855 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15856 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
15857 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
15858 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
15859 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
15860
15861 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15862 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15863 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
15864 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
15865 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
15866 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
15867 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
15868
15869 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15870 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
15871 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
15872 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
15873
15874 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15875 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15876 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15877 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
15878 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
15879 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15880 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
15881
15882 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15883 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
15884 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
15885 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
15886 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
15887 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
15888 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
15889
15890 /* Watchpoints. */
15891 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15892 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15893 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
15894 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
15895 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
15896 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
15897 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
15898 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
15899 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
15900 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
15901 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
15902 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
15903 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
15904
15905 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15906 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15907 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
15908 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
15909 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
15910 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
15911 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
15912 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
15913 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
15914 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
15915 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
15916
15917 /* Tracepoints. */
15918 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15919 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15920 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
15921 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
15922 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
15923 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
15924 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
15925 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
15926 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
15927 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
15928
15929 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15930 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15931 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15932 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
15933 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
15934
15935 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15936 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15937 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15938 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
15939 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
15940 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
15941
15942 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15943 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
15944 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15945 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
15946 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
15947 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
15948 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
15949 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
15950 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
15951 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
15952
15953 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15954 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
15955 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15956 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
15957 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
15958 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
15959 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
15960 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
15961 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
15962 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
15963
15964 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15965 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
15966 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15967 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
15968 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
15969 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
15970 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
15971 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
15972 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
15973 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
15974 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
15975
15976 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15977 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
15978 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15979 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
15980 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
15981 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
15982 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
15983 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
15984 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
15985 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
15986 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
15987
15988 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15989 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
15990 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
15991 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
15992 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
15993 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
15994 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
15995 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
15996 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
15997 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
15998 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
15999 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16000
16001 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16002 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16003 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16004 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16005 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16006 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16007 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16008 }
16009
16010 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16011
16012 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16013
16014 void
16015 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16016 {
16017 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16018
16019 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16020
16021 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16022 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16023 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16024
16025 breakpoint_objfile_key
16026 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16027
16028 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16029 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16030 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16031
16032 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16033 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16034 before a breakpoint is set. */
16035 breakpoint_count = 0;
16036
16037 tracepoint_count = 0;
16038
16039 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16040 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16041 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16042 if (xdb_commands)
16043 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16044
16045 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16046 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16047 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16048 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16049 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16050 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16051 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16052 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16053
16054 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16055 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16056 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16057 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16058 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16059
16060 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16061 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16062 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16063 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16064 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16065 \n"
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16068
16069 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16070 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16072 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16073 \n"
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16076
16077 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16078 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16079 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16080 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16081 \n"
16082 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16083 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16084
16085 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16091 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16092 if (xdb_commands)
16093 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16094 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16095 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16096 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16097 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16098 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16099
16100 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16101
16102 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16103 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16104 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16105 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16106 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16107 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16108
16109 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16110 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16111 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16112 &enablebreaklist);
16113
16114 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16115 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16116 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16117 &enablebreaklist);
16118
16119 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16120 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16121 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16122 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16123 &enablebreaklist);
16124
16125 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16126 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16127 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16128 &enablelist);
16129
16130 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16131 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16132 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16133 &enablelist);
16134
16135 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16136 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16137 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16138 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16139 &enablelist);
16140
16141 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16142 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16143 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16144 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16145 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16146 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16147 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16148 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16149 if (xdb_commands)
16150 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16151 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16152 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16153 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16154 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16155
16156 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16157 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16158 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16159 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16160 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16161 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16162 &disablelist);
16163
16164 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16165 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16166 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16167 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16168 \n\
16169 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16170 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16171 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16172 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16173 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16174 if (xdb_commands)
16175 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16176 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16177 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16178 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16179
16180 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16181 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16182 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16183 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16184 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16185 &deletelist);
16186
16187 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16188 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16189 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16190 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16191 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16192 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16193 \n\
16194 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16195 is executing in.\n\
16196 \n\
16197 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16198 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16199
16200 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16201 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16202 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16203 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16204
16205 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16206 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16207 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16208 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16209
16210 if (xdb_commands)
16211 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16212
16213 if (dbx_commands)
16214 {
16215 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16216 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16217 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16218 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16219 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16220 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16221 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16222 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16223 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16224 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16225 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16226 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16227 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16228 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16229 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16230 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16231 \n\
16232 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16233 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16234 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16235 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16236 breakpoint set."));
16237 }
16238
16239 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16240 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16241 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16242 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16243 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16244 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16245 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16246 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16247 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16248 \n\
16249 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16250 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16251 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16252 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16253 breakpoint set."));
16254
16255 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16256
16257 if (xdb_commands)
16258 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16259 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16260 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16261 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16262 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16263 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16264 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16265 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16266 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16267 \n\
16268 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16269 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16270 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16271 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16272 breakpoint set."));
16273
16274 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16275 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16276 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16277 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16278 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16279 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16280 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16281 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16282 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16283 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16284 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16285 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16286 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16287 \n\
16288 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16289 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16290 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16291 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16292 breakpoint set."),
16293 &maintenanceinfolist);
16294
16295 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16296 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16297 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16298 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16299
16300 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16301 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16302 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16303 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16304
16305 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16306 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16307 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16308 catch_catch_command,
16309 NULL,
16310 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16311 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16312 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16313 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16314 catch_throw_command,
16315 NULL,
16316 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16317 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16318 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16319 catch_fork_command_1,
16320 NULL,
16321 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16322 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16323 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16324 catch_fork_command_1,
16325 NULL,
16326 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16327 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16328 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16329 catch_exec_command_1,
16330 NULL,
16331 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16332 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16333 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16334 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16335 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16336 catch_load_command_1,
16337 NULL,
16338 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16339 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16340 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16341 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16342 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16343 catch_unload_command_1,
16344 NULL,
16345 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16346 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16347 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16348 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16349 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16350 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16351 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16352 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16353 catch_syscall_command_1,
16354 catch_syscall_completer,
16355 CATCH_PERMANENT,
16356 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
16357
16358 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16359 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16360 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16361 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16362 an expression changes.\n\
16363 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16364 the memory to which it refers."));
16365 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16366
16367 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16368 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16369 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16370 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16371 an expression is read.\n\
16372 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16373 the memory to which it refers."));
16374 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16375
16376 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16377 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16378 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16379 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16380 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16381 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16382 the memory to which it refers."));
16383 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16384
16385 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16386 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16387
16388 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16389 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16390 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16391 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16392 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16393 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16394 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16395 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16396 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16397 hardware.)"),
16398 NULL,
16399 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16400 &setlist, &showlist);
16401
16402 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16403
16404 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16405
16406 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16407 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16408 \n"
16409 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16410 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16411 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16412
16413 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16414 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16415 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16416 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16417
16418 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16419 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16420 \n"
16421 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16422 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16423 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16424
16425 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16426 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16427 \n\
16428 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16429 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16430 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16431 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16432 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16433 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16434 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16435 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16436 the selected stack frame.\n\
16437 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16438 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16439 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16440 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16441 \n\
16442 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16443 \n\
16444 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16445 conditions are different.\n\
16446 \n\
16447 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16448 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16449 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16450
16451 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16452 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16453 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16454 last tracepoint set."));
16455
16456 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16457
16458 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16459 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16460 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16461 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16462 &deletelist);
16463 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16464
16465 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16466 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16467 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16468 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16469 &disablelist);
16470 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16471
16472 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16473 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16474 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16475 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16476 &enablelist);
16477 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16478
16479 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16480 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16481 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16482 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16483 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16484
16485 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16486 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16487 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16488 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16489
16490 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16491 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16492 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16493 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16494 session to restore them."),
16495 &save_cmdlist);
16496 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16497
16498 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16499 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16500 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16501 &save_cmdlist);
16502 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16503
16504 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16505 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16506
16507 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16508 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16509 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16510 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16511 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16512 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16513 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16514 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16515 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16516 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16517 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16518 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16519
16520 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16521 &pending_break_support, _("\
16522 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16523 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16524 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16525 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16526 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16527 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16528 NULL,
16529 show_pending_break_support,
16530 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16531 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16532
16533 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16534
16535 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16536 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16537 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16538 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16539 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16540 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16541 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16542 NULL,
16543 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16544 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16545 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16546
16547 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16548 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16549 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16550 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16551 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16552 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16553 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16554 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16555 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16556 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16557 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16558 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16559 NULL,
16560 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16561 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16562 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16563
16564 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16565 condition_evaluation_enums,
16566 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16567 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16568 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16569 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16570 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16571 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16572 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16573 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16574 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16575 be set to \"gdb\""),
16576 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16577 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16578 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16579 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16580
16581 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16582 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16583 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16584 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16585 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16586 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16587 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16588 or the start of the range\n\
16589 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16590 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16591 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16592 \n\
16593 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16594 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16595 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16596
16597 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16598 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16599 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16600 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16601 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16602 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16603 "));
16604 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16605
16606 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16607 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16608 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16609 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16610 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16611 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16612 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16613 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16614 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16615 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16616 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16617 &setlist, &showlist);
16618
16619 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16620 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16621 &dprintf_function, _("\
16622 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16623 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16624 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16625 &setlist, &showlist);
16626
16627 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16628 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16629 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16630 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16631 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16632 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16633 &setlist, &showlist);
16634
16635 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16636 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16637 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16638 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16639 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16640 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16641 NULL,
16642 NULL,
16643 &setlist, &showlist);
16644
16645 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16646 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16647 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16648
16649 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16650
16651 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16652 }